A Dictionary of the Maori Language
T
Previous Section | Table of Contents | Up | Next Section
T
– 354 –
T, consonant, is pronounced as in English, except that the articulation is somewhat farther forward in the mouth.
Tā (i). 1. v.t. Dash. Na te ngaru i ta ki te one, pae ai (M. 83). He ua ta whakarere (A very heavy rain).
2. Aim a blow at. Katahi ka taia e Tawhiri ki a Tumatauenga (T. 6).
3. Strike, beat, with a stick, etc. Hoatu tatou ki te ta karaka.—Toki ta wahie te toki (M. 292). Ta i te kawa, strike with a branch of kawakawa (i.e., perform the ceremony of kawa). Ka haere te tohunga ki roto ki te whare, e ta ana ki nga taha o te whare.
4. Whip a top. Katahi ka whakahaua e Turi nga tamariki ki te takaro, ki te ta kaitaka (T. 107).
5. Dash water out of a canoe; so bail. Tangia te riu o te waka.—Tangia te wai o to waha (Bail out your mouth, i.e., cease talking).
6. Cut. E haere ana ahau ki te ta toetoe mo toku whare.
7. Tattoo. Takoto ra, e hine, kia taia o ngutu, to kauae, kia pai ai koe (M. 58). I taia to moko ki te aha ? (P.).
8. Sprinkle by means of a branch or bunch of leaves dipped in water.
9. Paint. Ka wehi taua iwi ki ona kanohi, ano i taia ki te takou te whero (T. 16).
10. Carve, fashion. He pounamu, he aurei, i hoatu e te tangata ki te tohunga kia taia, ara kia hangā hei matau.—Katahi ka taia te matau ra, whakapiri rawa ki te paua.
11. Overcome. Ka taia e te moe (W. i, 115).
12. Lay, allay. He ta kopito (M. 44).
13. n. Maul, mallet.
14. Whip for a top.
15. Scoop for bailing a canoe. = tatā.
16. Stroke with a taiaha.
tāinga, n. Place for bailing in a canoe. Ko au nei te whanatu hei te tainga riu (M. 252). Ka ngaro katoa te ihu, tango ake ki te tainga wai (M. ix). Sometimes in the form tāingāwai. Ka taea te taingawai o te ihu, tango atu ki te tangawai o waenga (T. 72).
tānga, n. 1. Circumstance, time, or place of dashing, striking, etc. ‖ 1–12, above. Kei hea te wahi tanga wahie?—He whakawai tanga moko (M. 57). Tānga kakariki, a perch or stand so arranged that parakeets settling on it could be killed by a blow from a stick. Tānga ika, (a) The slaying of something either as an offering for, or subsequently dedicated to, an atua. E ta, me patu e taua te oi hei tanga ika ma taua (W. iii, 39). Kia tae atu au ki te kawe i te hau o tenei tanga ika (T. 22). (b) The custom of presenting to the relatives of a warrior the property of one whom he has slain in battle.
2. The place where a seine is brought to land. Tawewetia te tanga mo te kupenga.
tātā, v.t. 1. Dash down, beat down. He kawatawata tata moana te koangiangi (J. xx, 17). Ua tātā, very heavy rain.
2. Break in pieces by dashing on the ground. Tatakia te rakau na hei wahie ma taua.—Tatakina a tatou wahie kia matariki. Tātā wahie is now applied to cutting firewood with an axe.
3. Strike repeatedly. Kua uru ia ki roto ki nga matua a tera, tata haere ai, takirua, takitoru ki roto i te rapa o tona taiaha (J. xx, 23).
4. Oppose, contradict. E pa, he kupu tata tau kupu.
5. Hew out. Ka tahuri ki te tata kumete mana.
tatā. 1. v.t. Bail water out of a canoe. E kore au e waiho hei tata i te wai o to tatou waka (T. 21).
2. n. Bailer. Ko te ingoa o te tata ko Tipuahoronuku (T. 111).
Tā (ii), v.t. Net. Katahi ano ka kitea te ta o te kupenga (T. 179). Ka rapua kia taia he kupenga, ka haoa (M. v). Tā rakau, a small woven ridge covering the joining of the io of taniko border with those of the body (kaupapa) of a garment.
tānga, n. The operation of netting or weaving. E rua tekau tanga o te kete ka kitea i reira (M. 230).
tātā, n. Small bag net. Tātā ika, a ground net for crayfish.
Tā (iii), n. 1. Stalk, stem, of a plant.
2. Quill of a feather, feather. Kia ai he ta kotuku ki roto o te nohoanga pahi, kia tau ai (Let there be a plume of white heron feathers in the assembly, that all may be well—i.e., let there be a chief present) (P.). Kei te titiro te iwi ki nga tohu o te rangatira, o te toa, ki te ta kotuku, ki te pare karearea (J. xx, 20).
3. Shin, lower joint of the leg.
tātā, n. 1. Stalk, stem. Ka tae ki te tata perehia, ka werohia taua tata perehia ki taua ngaru (W. iii, 35).
2. Long handle of the pewa, for snaring birds. Tātā pere, throwing stick for darts.
3. Shin.
4. Fence, particularly the outer palisade of a fort.
Tā (iv). 1. v.t. Breathe; generally used with manawa. Ka ta te manawa, ka kau ano (Pi.
– 355 –
135, 3). Kua ta te ihu, be relieved, after hunger, cold, etc. Ka hiakai te tangata, ka kai, a kua ta te ihu, kua ora.
2. Be uttered. Muri iho ka ta te umere ki te koputu manu.
3. n. Wind. E pa ta waho, e awhea mai nei (M. 201). E ta uru waho, e wawara mai nei (M. 118).
whakatā, v.t. Allow time for breathing. Ka whakata i tona manawa (T. 132).
Tā (v), v.i. Slant, be oblique, deviate from the perpendicular, or parallel. He ta kakaho ka kitea, he ta tangata e kore e kitea (P.). Another form gives, He tanga kakaho (P. 27). (Crookedness of reed setting can be seen, etc.)
tātā. 1. v.t. Wag, nod. Kaore e kori tona tinana, ko te mahunga anake e tata ana (W.M. x, 115). E tata ana te whiore o te kuri ki tona rangatira.
2. n: A small variety of eel.
3. Tail of thehapukufish, which was regarded as a delicacy. Ko nga ika i mahue atu, ka kotia mai nga tata, nga whatuaro, nga upoko o nga hapuku (J. xx, 17).
Tā (vi), n. Flock; used of certain birds. E tama ma, e, haere atu ra, popo noa ana te korikori, e tawaia ana i te ta riroriro.—Ka rere ia kia hea i te ta kokako a Kotikoti ? Tā pākūwhā, a term applied to a company of persons visiting connections by marriage. ‖ tānga (i).
Tā (vii), n. A term of address with certain tribes. Occasionally it may be translated friend. E ta ! kawea atu tetahi wai moku (T. 168). In the plural, e tā ma! E ta ma! he aha ta korua korero? (W. iii, 39).
Tā (viii), definitive particle used with pronouns, nouns, and proper names to indicate possession. 1. To form a simple possessive, the … of = te … a. Ka wehi noa ake te matua a Hatupatu … tena ko ta Hatupatu matua kotahi, he maha nga rangatira (T. 101). Ko ta korua mokai he ika haehae kupenga (T. 200). He aha ta te tangata haere pononga? (What are the means of a man who is travelling?) (T. 196). Ko ta namata kai nui tenei he kuri (T. 139). Kia hohoro ta ratou haere (T. 147).
2. To supply the want of the verb have, in which case the object generally has the indefinite article he. He putorino ta Tutanekai, he koauau ta Tiki (T. 130). He tangi ta te tamaiti, he whakama ta te kaumatua (P. 827).
3. Elliptically, either to obviate the repetivtion of the noun, or implying the reference to intention, inclination, saying, etc. Ka hutia ake e Irawaru tana aho, akuanei ka arau ki ta Maui (T. 25). Kihai i hamumu te waha o nga tuakana no te mea kua he ta ratou (T. 200). Ka mea atu Te Hikaka, “Maoa tonu.” Ta Kapua, “Hua atu, kai mata, whiwhia; maoa, riro ke” (P. 104). Ka hei ta raua; apopo au kite iho ana i a raua (T. 200). Hei reira ka kotikoti ai te ika nei, a ka riro pai ta tera, ta tenei na, ta tera ra (i.e., and each will receive his share) (T. 22). Also in reciting genealogies, tama being understood. Ta Kihi ko Rangiaho, ta Rangiaho ko Te Heuheu (M. Ixvii).
4. In the expression ta te mea, the fact being that, because. Ka mea ia ki tona matua whangai kia whakaaro ki ana kupu i mea atu ra ki a ia, ta te mea kua pa ia ki a Hinemoa (T. 131). Ka tupu te whakaaro i a Tawhirimatea kia tahuri mai ia ki te whawhai ki ona tuakana mo te wehewehenga i o ratou matua, ta te mea kaore ia i whakaae kia wehea raua (T. 4).
Note.—With the singular personal pronouns ta combines with the pronominal suffixes, and forms the words tāku, tāu, tāna, which are treated separately. The construction te … a may be used indifferently for ta, as in the example under 1, above, except with personal pronouns. For the difference between tā and tō (x), ‖ a (ii), o (iii), F.L. § 22. The pl. of tā is ā. ‖ ā (iii).
Tā (ix), n. Excrement. He ringa aha au ringa, te ao ai i nga ta o a taua tamariki? (W. i, 84). Ta-turi, earwax. = tae-turi. ‖ tae (ii).
Tā (x), a. Near. Ki taku mohio ka ta koe te mate (W. i, 147). Na, ka ta te hemo te wahine ra. ‖ tata.
Tā (xi), prefix, having apparently a causative force similar to that of whaka.
Taahu = tāhū.
Taaku = tāku.
Taana = tāna.
Taau = tāu.
Taawhe = tāwhe.
Taawhi = tāwhi.
Tae (i). 1. v.i. Arrive, come, go. Kihai i taro kua tae mai; tae kau mai ano kua titiro ia (T. 35). Tera pea e tae mai ki konei (T. 188). Ka rongo a Maui i te ika ka tae ki tana (T. 25). Kua tae atu te kaitiki atu i tetehi ngohi mana (T. 141). Na nga moe kino kihai ratou i tae i te wehi (T. 201).
2. v.t. Arrive at, reach. Ka hoe te tuakana, ka tae ki uta (M.M. 185). “E kore ranei au e tae?” “E kore koe e tae; ko nga rangi tenei i roherohea e Tane” (T. 32). Ka taea te taingawai o te ihu (T. 72). Ko te piro tupa-paku kua tae mai ki o raua ihu (T. 176).
3. Extend to, of space or time; sometimes used impersonally, and equivalent to as far as, until. E korero tito ana, no ratou te whenua tae mai ki Rangitaiki. Na, kia rongo mai koe; kaore rawa a Te Urewera whenua i tae mai ki konei (W.M. x, 178). Ka tupato ki te mahi maminga tonu a taua wahine ia po, ia po, a tae noa ki tetehi atu po (T. 12). Ka
– 356 –
noho ki Piako taea noatia te ngahuru.—Ka tae ki te ngahuru ka mānu te teretere a Paoa (T. 189).
4. Touch, of feelings. Ka mahara te wahine ra, “E, kua mate!” Ka tae te puaroha ki a ia (M.M. 186).
5. Amount to, of numbers. I tae ki te toru mano nga tangata ki te whakaaro iho (W.M. ix, 25).
6. Equal. E kore tau e tae ki taku (W. iv, 180). Kahore he tangata e taea ai a Te Horo te oho.
7. Proceed to; the object being introduced by ki, and the ensuing action being generally indicated by a passive verb. Ka tae a Tawhaki ki nge ona, whakarerea ake (Tawhaki proceeded to discard his clothes) (T. 52). Tae atu te wahine ra ki tona ihu, motokia ake (The woman proceeded to punch her nose) (Pi. 135, 4). Ka tae a Kae ki nga paua, ka whakapiria ki nga kanohi (T. 37). Ka tae te tangata ra ki tana taurekareka, ka hoatu hei utu mo te ruahine ra (T. 49).
8. In the passive, be effected, be accomplished. Ka taea e au tenei, ka taea hoki e au tera atu aianei (T. 19). To noa, to noa, te taea (T. 76). E taea hoki te aha? (What could they do?) (T. 200). Often with an infinitive to denote the character of the action. E kore e taea te whai (T. 144). Kihai i taea te korikori (T. 143).
9. Be overcome, be taken. Ka whakapaea taua pa nei e te taua i te po, i te ao, a kihai i taea (T. 182). Ka taea taku raru.
10. With a negative, expressing inability or impossibility. Te taea te whakamanawanui (It could not be borne) (T. 82).
taeatanga, n. Sack, capture. I nohoia tonutia hoki taua pa e Ngati Maru i muri iho o te horonga, ara o te taeatanga e te taua a Tauru ma (W. v, 122).
whakatae, v.t. Cause to come about. Na te ngakau koi hotahota he whakataenga koronga (M. 287).
whakataetae, v.t. Try strength, contend. Ka mea a Tamure kia whakataetae ia ki a Kiki (T. 172).
Tae (ii), n. 1. Juice of plants.
2. Dye, stain. Kua hemo te tae o nga kakahu.
3. Colour, hue.
4. Filth, excrement. ‖ tutae. Taeturi, ear-wax. = ta-turi. ‖ tā (ix).
5. Refuse of flax in dressing, tow.
6. Flakes of cloud or mist. Te tae pukohu tataiore e taipua ana i nga maunga (J. xx, 17).
taetae, a. Ulcerated, suppurating. He u taetae te mate o taua wahine.
Tae (iii). In the expressions a tae, ka tae. ‖ ātae, kātae.
Taeaka, n. A variety of potato.
Taeka (i), n. A white fibrous mould growing on potatoes, etc. Ka kite tonu koe e piakaaka ana ki te riwai, he matua taeka, ara he pirau.
tāekaeka, a. In streaks, striped. Na ka ahua taekaeka haere te whero i roto i te ma.
Taeka (ii) = taea. ‖ tae (i).
Taekai, n. 1. Worn-out soil.
2. Low stunted scrub.
Taeke. 1. n. Snare.
2. v.t. Set snares. Ko a taua mea tane hei patu i nga manu, hei taeke, hei wero, hei pae, hei mutu.
Tāeki, v.t. Lie. Hei kona taeki ai (Let it lie there).
Taematuku, a. Purulent, suppurating. Ka taematukutia a roto o te mate. ‖ tae (ii). Tāeo, n. 1. Thicket of kiekie or kareao. Me te taeo pirita.
2. A species of shark. Kia riri a taeo (P.).
Also called mango taeo. Kia hinga me te mango taeo (P.).
Taeore.—–
whakataeore, n. —–Tena ka riro kei te katokato i te rau pohata nga whakataeore (S. 13). Another version reads whakangaeore (M. 235).
Tāepa, tāepaepa, v.t. Hang down, hang loose. Kei hopu tou ringa ki te aka taepa; engari kia mau ki te aka matua (T. 49). Te taepae-patanga o te rangi, the place where the sky hangs down to the horizon. Ki te tangata maori tetehi o nga ingoa o taua wahi ko te taepaepatanga o te rangi (T. 72).
tāepa. 1. n. Fence. = taiepa.
2. v.t. Enclose in a fence. Ka mate tona matua, ka tapuketia ki te tara o te whare, taepatia (Tr. vii, 32).
‖ tiepa.
Taepu, a. Rich, loamy, applied to soil. Ko nga rahurahu i tupu ki te whenua ngawari nei, ara taepu nei, kura ranei.
Taera, n. Sexual desire. (mod.) Ka kai te wahine o mua i te hua titoki, ka kiia he taera.
Taerangi.—–
whakataerangi, v.t. Prepare or mix soot for tattooing with sap of mahoe, poroporo, or ti. He ngarahu kauri whakataerangitia rere te nehu (M. 224). Wai whakataerangi, sap as above, for mixing with soot.
Taere, n. A square net baited with cockles, crabs, etc., used for taking sea birds.
Taero (i), v.i. Become weak. Kua taero noa, kua tu a whakamate. Mate taero, lingering death. ‖ maero.
Taero (ii), n. Obstruction, hindrance. Nga taero a Kupe, nga rori o te whare o Uenuku (M. 105). Ki konei ra, ko to koutou hakoro, e kore ia e tae ake i aku taero, i te okaoka. Ka whanake ki waho ki te moana ko era taero hoki, ara ko te tutu, ko te parata, ko te ratamoko, ko te taniwha (W. ii, 37). ‖ tairo.
– 357 –
Taetaeata, n. early morning rain. He taetaetata, e kore e roa, ka paki.
Taeturi, n. Earwax. ‖ tae (ii). Mimi taeturi, difficulty in urination.
Tāewa, v.i. Dangle, hang loose.
whakatāewa, v.t. 1. Surround by an ambush.
2.—–Ka piki ra i te pikitanga porutu kei te parawai, e, ki ta kuikui whakataewatanga (S.).
Taewa, taewha, taiawa, taiwa, taiwha, n. 1. Foreigner.
2. Catarrh, cold. He taewa kei to ihu.
3. Potato. Mo nga rua taewa kumara, ika (T. 77).
Note.—In view of the meanings and varieties in spelling above, it is not improbable that the word represents the name of one Stivers, who is said to have visited the Bay of Islands before Cook. ‖ Lee and Kendall's Grammar, p. 107.
Taewao, a. Wild. ‖ kuwao.
Taewha = taewa.
Tahā, n. Calabash with a narrow mouth. Ka pakaru ko te taha, mau mai i a ia ko te ngutu anake o te taha ra (T. 91). Ka tapoko taua maia ki roto ki te rua i nga taha huahua (T. 94).
Taha. 1. n. Side, margin, edge; often used merely to indicate proximity. Ka pirau noa iho tetahi taha o te wahine ra, ka tupuria e te tiotio (Pi. 135, 3). Ka herea tetahi ki tona tarapakihiwi katau, tetahi ki tona taha maui (Pi. 126, 2). E tae ana te kotiro ra ki te taha o te wai (T. 169). Tino omanga o te wahine ra kua tata ki te taha o te toka (T. 170). A Hine-nui-te-po e kowhakiwhaki noa mai ra i te taha o te rangi (T. 28). Taha-pounamu, Prionace glauca, blue shark. = mango pounamu, matawha.
2. Spasmodic twitching of the muscles; regarded as an omen, good or bad according as it was on the right or left side. Ka pa taku taha.—Kua tu te taha.
3. A certain grip in wrestling.
4. Part, portion. (mod.) Tetahi taha o Ngati Maru.
5. Leaf of flax.
6. v.i. Pass on one side, go by. Ka taha te patu i tona angaanga (T. 91). Ka ngaro atu a Hine, ka taha (Tr. vii, 50). Nga mea o te tau ka taha ake nei.
tataha, v.i. Swerve. Ko te tini o te manu, ko etahi i tataha ki muri.
whakataha, whakatataha. 1. v.i. Go on one side, steal by. Whakataha ki tahaki (M. 227). Whakatataha ana; ko Autahi ano (S.).
2. v.i. Put on one side.
tahataha. 1. n. Steep bank of a river, etc., Tahataha tu noa nga tahataha o matapaia (P.).
2. Slope of a hill. Kei te tahataha o Rarowhana nei tu ai (M. 8).
3. a. Impudent, presumptuous.
whakatahataha, v.i. Turn from side to side. Ruru ana a Hikurangi, whakatahataha ana te Tipi-a-Taikehu (S.).
Tahaahi, n. Stones set in the floor of a whare to mark the fireplace. = takuahi. ‖ J. v, 151. ‖ taha.
Tāhae. 1. v.t. Steal. Ka rua tahi nga mea i tahaetia e Tama-te-kapua (T. 70).
2. n. Thief. He haerenga tahitanga no te tahae ki waho i te po (T. 136).
3. Young fellow, person. ‖ tāhake.
4. Filth. Katahi ia ka tahuri ki te tarai papa hei koko i te tahae o te kainga o Rehua (T. 34).
5. A term applied to evil omens, such as tamaki and takiri. ‖ J. vii, 130.
6. ad. Stealthily. Moe tahae, adultery, commit adultery.
7. a. In the expression toetoe tahae, a kind of grass.
Tāhake, n. Young fellow, person. ‖ tāhae.
Tahaki, l.n. (‖ F.L. § 8). 1. One side. Haere ana te wahine ra ki tahaki tangi ai (T. 83).
2. The shore, regarded from the water. Ka tata ki tahaki, ka tutu a Tuanui (T. 113).
Tahakopa, a. Lame. Maihiwi tenei, ko tahakopa tenei.
Tahakore, a. Unsuccessful in fishing, etc.
Tāhaku = tāku, pron. My.
Tahakupu, n. High-water line. (Wairarapa.)
Tahakura. 1. n. Dream, generally involving the appearance of one dead; called also moe tahakura. He tahakura te mea nana i whaki ake te aroha (S.). Naku te tahakura i a Hauauru te tata mai (M. 145).
2. A class of ill omen in connection with weaving, fowling, etc. ‖ J. vii, 128–130.
3. Cornelian; stone.
4. v.t. and v.i. See in a dream, appear in a dream. Aroha ki te iwi e kaimomotu nei, wairua i tahakura nou nei, e Nuku (S.).
Tāhana = tāna, pron. His.
Tahanui, n. A variety of ti para with broad leaves, cultivated for food.
Tahanga. 1. a. Naked. Anana! kua noho tahanga ia (T. 13). Ko tenei tangata e noho tahanga nei, kahore he weruweru.
2. Empty.
3. ad. Moderately, a little. Kaua e waiho te wai kia koropupu: kia werawera tahanga.
4. n.—–Ki Rotorua, ki te umu tahanga rua (P.).
5. ad. As soon as.
Tahangoi, a. 1. Hesitating, awkward. He ahua tahangoi te putanga mai o to korero.
2. Unaccustomed. Tahangoi ana te ngakau ki te tiaki pai i te tamaiti.
Tāhaohao, v.i. Cease, of rain. Kua tahaohao te ua.
– 350 –
Tāhapa. 1. v.i. Pass by. Kua tahapa ke te kaipuke. ‖ hapa (i).
2. Be left behind. Kua tahapa kei muri te kainga.
3. a. At an acute angle. He awa tahapa, a river which makes an acute angle with the sea at its mouth. Ha awa tahapa, ka pai te haere; tena ka poupou ki waho, ka kino. ‖ hapa (ii).
4. Not in the direct line, of relatives. Ko nga tamariki a Okeroa kua ahua tahapa ki a au.
5. Awry, gauche. Kaore au e pai ki to kaka, he ahua tahapa i taku whakaaro iho ai.
6. n. Side, Kia hokorima ki tetehi tahapa, ki tetehi tahapa o te ara.
7. Ambuscade. Whakatakotoria he tahapa.
Tāhapatū, n. ? Horizon. Na taku potiki koe i tiki atu ki tahapatu o te rangi (J. ii, 214). ‖ tahatu.
Tahapounamu. ‖ taha.
Tāharahara, v.i. 1. Be diminished. Ka taharahara nga wahie.
2. Belittle oneself.
‖ hara (iii).
Taharangi (i), n. Horizon. Tera te uira kowhera i te taharangi (M. 398).
Taharangi (ii), n. 1. A variety of the fish moho, of a reddish colour.
2. Lepidopus caudatus, frost-fish.
Taharangi (iii), a. Listless, inactive, undecided. Kua ahua taharangi te tangata, kua kore e kaha.
Taharapa, n. Tail of an eel. Mau te pane, maku te taharapa. ‖ rapa (i).
Taharua. 1. a. Of two aspects or bearings. Kia muru taharua te nehu o Wairehu (M. 256).
2. n. A person related to two tribes. Tera ano tetahi kaumatua, he taharua ki a Ngati Tawhaki me Ngati Whare.
3. A fight with loss on both sides.
Tahatai, n. Seashore. = tātahi.
Tahatika, n. Coastline. Kei te taunaha haere mai a Taikehu mai i nga whenua katoa o te tahatika (T. 75). = tātika.
Tahatiti, n. Peg, wedge, used to tighten anything. ‖ titi. Tahatō, a. Steep-to, shelving rapidly, of the shore.
Tahatonga, tātonga, a. Cross-grained, twisted, warped, of timber.
Tahatū, n. 1. Upper edge of a seine or of a canoe sail. I whitia ai te tahatu o te kupenga ra runga i a koe (S.). He kanae rere tahatu (P.).
2, Horizon. Na taku potiki koe i tiki atu ki te tahatu o te rangi (T. 148).
Tāhau (i), tātāhau, n. Leg, shin. Tāhau o te ringa, forearm.
Tāhau (ii) = tāu, pron. Thy. Maui e, takua atu, he atua tahau (Tr. vii, 39).
Tāhawahawa, v.t. Contaminate with somethingtapu. He aha i tahawahawatia ai e koe nga kai?
Tahawe, v.i. ? Bend, turn. Nau i awaiho nga tahawenga riki roto o Kauwere (S.).
Tahawhenua, v.i. ? Roam vaguely, wander. Katahi te iwi nei ka tahawhenua haere, ka haere kuare noa iho i tera whenua.—Ko ou whare pea, i tahawhenua nei koe, i ara ai ki runga nga ihu o nga waka nei (S.).
Tahē, n. Calabash. = tahā.
Tahe. 1. n. Menses.
2. Abortion.
3. Sap of a tree. = tae.
4. v.i. Exude, drop, flow. Werohia te tao o Tangaroa, e, tahe ana ona toto (M. 105).
whakatahe. 1. n. Abortion. Used also as a term of abuse. Tena ko tenei whakatahe, ko wai tatou ka ata kite atu? (T. 11).
2. Sacred food offered to an atua.
3. v.t. Cause to abort. Ko nga hapu o te wahine i mate roto tonu mai, a whakatahetia ana tana tamaiti (M. Ixxvii).
4. Clear of obstructions. Ka whakatahea te awa kia rere ai te wai.
5. Lead off water, etc., as into a drain.
tatahe, n. Drippings, issue, exudation, as gum of trees, etc. Marere te tatahe o taku waha (M. 304).
Tāheha, a. Slovenly, uneven, of weaving, etc. ‖ taketa.
Taheha, n. A small flax cape.
Tāhei. 1. v.t. Wear anything suspended from the neck. I ora ai to ratou ahi; he mea tahei te kaunoti ki te kaki o Hine.
2. Divide or mark by a stripe or crease. Taheitia te pukapaka.—Kua taheitia nga kanohi e te awe mapara, ara ko nga kanohi kai roto i te pango e titiro ana mai.
3. Set snares for birds. He kakano hoki a reira hei taheitanga koko, he kahikatea te rakau.
4. n. Band or stripe of contrasting colour on an animal. He poaka tahei (A black pig with a white band on it).
5. Collar-bone. = ahei.
6. Circlet on the neck. Tahei pipi, necklet of cockle shells.
7. Bird snare.
tāheihei, v.i. Hang in festoons. Ka taheihei atu nga pungawerewere ki nga rakau.
‖ hei (iii).
Tāheke. 1. v.i. Descend.
2. Drop, as liquid. Used also in pass. I tahekea iho he raukawa kei taku tinana (M. 204).
3. a. Quick. Kia taheke te haere.
4. Steep, precipitous.
5. n. Waterfall, rapid. Kia ringia te puna i aku kamo e ai te taheke (M. 133).
tāhekeheke. 1. a. Striped, streaked.
2. n. A striped cloak.
– 359 –
Tāhengihengi, a. Calm, of wind. Ua tahengihengi, rain without wind. ‖ hengi.
Tāhere. 1. v.t. Ensnare, tie. Ka haere ki te tahere huahua ma ratou (T. 94). = ahere.
2. Tie up, pack. Kei te tahere nga pa ra i te kai, i te hinu, me era atu kai (J. xx, 21).
3. Hang up, suspend. Ka taia he mahanga, ka oti, kei te tahere, kei te whakairi (T. 7).
4. Spear birds.
5. v.i. Be suspended, hang oneself.
6. Rest, lie, of a cloud or snow on a mountain. Tera te hukarere e tahere i Koinaki (S. ii, 40). Te ao ka tahere ki Timaru ra ia (S. ii, 70).
7. n. Bird spear. Kahore he tarainga tahere i te ara (Tr. xii, 116).
Tahi (i). 1. num. One; used in counting. Ka timata te tatau, “Ka tahi, ka rua, ka toru,” etc. (T. 49). Te tahi, the first; so the first month. No te tahi ka kitea a Matariki (Sh.T. 221). Tuatahi, first. Te tuatahi, ko Mango-huri-tapena tona ingoa (T. 60). Ka peratia ano nga korero me tera i patua ra i te tuatahi (T. 154).
Note.—In predicative or adjectival cases strict idiom requires the use of kotahi, q.v.
2. a. Single. Koanga, tangata tahi; ngahuru, puta noa (P.). Tahi is freely used in this sense to form compound words, e.g. apatahi, huatahi; these, where necessary, are treated separately. He uri ki-tahi no Pakatauia (P.).
3. Unique, unprecedented. E tahi te oha a to tangata!
4. Repeated, one … and the other. Me nga kotore huia te rakai ki tahi taha, ki tahi taha o te mahunga (Pi. 126, 3). ‖ tetahi.
5. ad. Together, simultaneously. Haere mai ra koe, ka haere tahi taua (T. 110). Ka tango tahi ki a ratou nei patu (T. 152). Ka mea te tutua, “Tatou tahi ka haere” (P. 103).
6. Then. Kua tika hoki te hapai i tana toki, tahi ra ka maka atu ki te taniwha ra (T. 110). Tahi ano te naomanga iho a Rua ki te rapoi kutu (T. 77). Ka puta noa atu ano, tahi ka uia mai e te tangata ra (T. 187). This use is restricted to poetry and animated narrative. ‖ katahi.
7. Throughout. Te hopukanga atu ki te toki: tahi mai ano i te ihu, a, te noko atu ana; tahi mai ano i te noko, a, te ihu atu ana; ka oti tetehi taha, tetehi taha (T. 50).
8. Altogether, quite. Kua rite tahi o maua nei hiahia (T. 131). Tineia te ahi; auahi tahi! (P. 91). E rua tahi nga mea i tahaetia mai e Tama-te-kapua (T. 70). Parau tahi to korero!
tātahi, a. Wide apart. Kia tatahi ou waewae (M. 115). He tatahi rawa nga rakau o te taiepa.
Tahi (ii). 1. v.t. Sweep. Katahi ka tahia te kainga o Rehua e Rupe (T. 35). Tahi i te tahua and tahia te tahua, make peace. ‖ tahua (ii).
2. Trim, dress, smooth, timber with a tokai tarai. The example under tahi (i), 7, might perhaps stand here.
3. n. A wooden implement for cultivating. Tikina te tahi maire. ‖ tohi.
whakatahi, v.i. Withdraw from a place, quit.
tahitahi. 1. v.t. Scrape. E tahitahi ana ia i te riwai.
2. Touch lightly, graze. Kahore i tahitahi ki taku waewae; i pahemo.
3. ad. Within a little. Tahitahi tonu taua ka riri i mua ake nei.
4. n. Glacis, slope from the outer palisade of a pa. Tu ana i nga tahitahi ki Wharemako ra (M. 115).
Tahimaro, n. Large black eel.
Tāhinga, tāhingahinga, a. Sloping. He pari te akau o taua motu, kotahi tonu te wahi tahinga marire (W.M. xii, 201).
Tahirā, l.n. (‖ F.L. § 8). 1. Used with the prep. a, the day after tomorrow. A tahira te eke ai ki uta (T. 142).
2. Used with i or no, the day before yesterday. These forms are sometimes lengthened to ina tahira, nona tahira. No tahira atu, a short while ago.
Tahiti = tawhiti.
Tahito = tawhito.
Tahiuru, n. A cape ornamented with dogskin.
Tahiwehewehe, n. A name for the last month of the Maori year.
Tahiwi, n. 1. Heart of a tree. He rakau tawhito, e mau te taitea i waho, e tu te tahiwi (S.).
2. The main part of the hull of a canoe.
tāhiwihiwi = tahiwi, 2.
Tahō, a. Yielding, weak. Kei te pu te wana, no te tangata te taho (The bravery is in the gun; it is the man who is weak).
tāhōhō, a. Soft, pulpy. Tahoho noa nga pititi nei.
‖ tihō.
Tāhoa, v.t. Fling, throw.
Tāhoata, n. Pumice stone.
tātāhoata, n. Pumice sand or gravel.
Tāhoe, v.i. 1. Stretch out the arms alternately in swimming.
2. Swim. Tahoetia, be swum over, be sailed over. Te moana e tahoetia nei e te pora.
‖ kautahoe.
Tāhōhō. ‖ tahō.
Tāhoka (i), v.t. 1. Affect a person or object by means of a charm.
2. Recite ceremonially a charm, etc. Ka tahoka atu i te taumata ki te pa (They recited the taumata spell against the pa).
Ahi tahoka, a fire used in connection with the working of such spells.
Tāhoka (ii), tāhokahoka, n. Screen from the wind. ‖ hoka (i).
– 360 –
Tāhora, v.t. Gather fruit off a tree, etc. Me tahora he matai ki ro rahu.—I haere nga wahine ki te tahora tutu, kotukutuku, mako, puha.
Tahora (i). 1. n. Uncultivated open country. Awatea rawa ake noho ana i te tahora (T. 19).
2. v.t. Spread out, lay out. Pikipiki ake ra, e, nga moutere e tahoratia mai i te moana (S. ii, 21).
‖ hora (i), mahora.
Tahora (ii), n. A small species of duck. (R.)
Tāhore, n. A variety of potato.
Tāhorehore, a. 1. Stripped bare.
2. Deaf (i.e., as if with the ears cropped). ‖ hore (ii).
Tāhoro, v.t. 1. Cause to crumble down, throw down a heap or structure. Tahoroa nga puke-puke.
2. Pour out. Ka oti te tahoro te wai o te karaha.
‖ horo (i).
Tāhoru, n. Loose earth, sand.
Tāhū, tāhuhu, tāuhu. 1. n. Ridge-pole of a house. Ko nga iwi ka whakairia ki runga ki te whare ki te tahuhu o te Uru-o-Manono (T. 40). Kakea ake te tauhu o te whare o to tupuna, o Hine-nui-te-po (T. 17, where it is misprinted taupu). Pou tahu, the main post in the centre of the end wall of a house, which supported the ridge-pole. ‖ J. v, 146. Tahu iti, a rod sometimes placed above the tahu, and used for securing the ends of the heke. ‖ J. v, 149.
2. A horizontal rod used for supporting bird snares; also a rope or cord used for the same purpose. Ka oti te whakawene, ka hereherea ki runga ki te tahu.
3. A rod placed across the back of a kite to keep the wings extended. Ka kuhua te tahu o te taratahi, tutuki noa ki tetahi parirau, ki tetahi.
4. Any similar rod used as a stiffener. Ka herea tetahi pito o te tahu o nga kaha ki tetahi turuturu. Tauhu roa, a beam carrying side arms (pekapeka), to which bunches of fern were attached, and the whole submerged for taking crayfish at Rotorua.
5. The rod laid along the mound of the tuaahu in certain ceremonies.
6. The first weft in weaving a garment.
7. Direct line of ancestry. Ko enei tangata, ko Tuamatua raua ko Uruika, ko raua te tahu nui o Te Hekengarangi, te tino kawai ariki: ko raua te tahu iho, tae iho ki nga uri.
8. Eldest son of the eldest branch of a family. Tahuhu haere, trace descent in a direct line. E tahuhu haere nei ano toku ingoa ki toku tupuna, ki a Manaia (T. 123).
9. v.t. Arrange snares on a horizontal rod or cord. Ka tae te kuia ra ki nga ti, a ka kopiko; ka tae ki nga takeke, ka tuhuhu, ka oti.
10. a. Continuous, running in an unbroken line. He nui nga waiata, engari kai te tuaporoporo te mohio, kaore e tahuhu mai ana te mohio.
Tahu (i), n. 1. Husband, spouse, lover, darling. Kia marama au te titiro ki Wharekahokaho, ki te tahu i rangia (M. 64). = tau (iii).
2. Any other near relative. Tangi-a-tahu, dirge.
Tahu (ii). 1. v.t. Set on fire, light. Ka tahuna te ahi hei rama mo ratou (T. 180).
2. Burn. Ka tahuna te whare ki te ahi (T. 62).
3. Cook. Ka puta katoa ki waho nga tangata o te pa ki te tahu kai (T. 134).
4. Perform certain rites involving the use of fire. Na Tahupo i tahu te pure hei kukume mai mo Ngapuhi ki uta (M. 48).
5. v.i. Burn. Kia pai te tahu o te ahi, kei pawa (T. 65).
6. Cook, undergo cooking. E tahu ana te kai, kihai i roa ka maoa te kai (T. 188).
7. n. ? Sacred rites. (Tahu.) Nga iwi i whakateka nei ki nga tahu o Tane (W. i, 158). Huia nga tahu me nga anu he kaiwhakamate tangata (J, iii, 10). Possibly connected with sense 4, above.
8. v.t. Attract, tempt. I tahuna mai au ki te whakahere tetekura.
tahutahu. 1. v.t. Set on fire often or in many places. Tahutahu-ahi, winter. Ko Hupe-nui, ko Takurua, ko Tahutahu-ahi, ko Upokopapa.
2. Cook. Kei te tahutahu, ka ora (T. 94).
3. a. Glowing, brilliant. Tahutahu kau ana nga puke o te tonga (M. 392). Ehara tahutahu ana te kai nei, te raukura o te manu ka kitea ki reira, te ma, te pango, te whero, te aha.
Tahu (iii) (poetical), n. Food, plenty. Often used as if personified. Ko tetehi painga ona ko Tahu, ko tetehi ko Tu (T. 165). Tu ki runga, pakeke, pakoko; noho ki raro, taka mai tahu (P.).
Tahu (iv), v.i. Make grimaces in a dance. Kua tahu a Te Waiohine. = pukana.
– 361 –
Tahua (i), n. 1. Heap, especially of food at a feast. E tahu ana te kai, ka tao; inamata kua maoa, katahi ra ka whiua ki te tahua (T. 166). I whai pea koe ki nga tahua a Ngatoroi-rangi; ko Ihu-motokia, Te Moanu-waipu? (Of heaps of slain) (M. 153). Tahua roa, food presented to visitors. Tahua rarauhe, bunches of fern attached to the pekapeka of the tauhu roa, for catching crayfish at Rotorua.
2. Fund, sum of money. (mod.)
tāhuahua. 1. a. In lumps or hillocks.
2. n. Sandhills. Tae rawa atu ki te tahuahua o te one (J. ii, 221).
‖ tahu (iii).
Tahua (ii), n. Courtyard. = marae. Tahua riringa, space between hostile parties, battlefield. Tahi i te tahua or tahia te tahua, make peace. Katahi ratou ka tahi i te tahua.
Tahuere, n. Weeds, scrub. Waea mai nga tahuere, ara nga ururua.
Tāhuhu = tāhū.
Tāhuhunu, a. Fearful, apprehensive. ‖ pahunu.
Tāhuka, n. A cloak resembling a korowai, but without hukahuka.
Tahumaero, n. Sickness, disease. Kua pa te tahumaero ki a ia.
Tāhuna (i). 1. a. Dry, dried up. He tahuna no runga, he maroke no runga, he pakeke, kahore he wai (Tr. vii, 44).
2. n. Shoal, sandbank. He panapananga tupuna patua ki runga ki te tahuna pipi (M. 283). Tahuna-a-tara, fig., an assemblage of chiefs.
3. Seaside, beach.
4. Bed, or land in a cultivation divided off by furrows.
5. Battlefield. Ka riro te tahuna i … the victory rests with … Ka mate te hoariri, ka riro te tahuna i tetahi. Tahuna pakipaki, last person killed in a battle.
Tāhuna (ii), tāhune, tāhunga, n. 1. Pappus of seed of raupo (Typha augustifolia). Me he tahuna rere i te amohau (S.). It was used for caulking the seam between the rauawa and the body of a canoe. Kua aukahatia, kua oti, purupuru ana ki te tahuna (W.M. xiii, 166).
2. Any downy substance.
3. Pollen ofraupo, which was made into a kind of bread. Ko te kekerewai te kinaki o te tahuna, he mea tapora.
Note.—Some East Coast tribes use tahuna in sense 1 and tahune in sense 3, while with some other tribes these are reversed.
‖ hune, hunga (ii).
Tahu-nui-a-rangi, n. Aurora australis. ‖ tahu (ii).
Tāhunga = tahuna (ii).
Tahupera. 1. a. False. Ko nga korero tahupera ano te tu o nga korero inaianei.
2. v.t. Distort, falsify. Tenei nga korero o Turanga na, e tahuperatia e te tangata.
Tahurangi, n. A race of fairies. Ka whati tera te Tahurangi, ko te rua tenei o nga ingoa o tera iwi (T. 179). Ko Tahurangi anake te angi waho nei (M. 203). = patupaiarehe. Moe tahurangi, to dream that one is with an absent friend.
Tāhuri, n. Fry of kahawai (Arripis trutta).
tāhurihuri, n. A small fish.
Tahuri, v.i. 1. Turn oneself. Tahuri noa ake te wahine ra: aue! he tangata e tu mai ana i muri i a ia (T. 169).
2. Turn over, upset. Kihai i roa e haere ana, ka tahuri tana reti (Pi. 135, 3).
3. Be swamped, sink, of a canoe. E hoa ma, ka tahuri tatou, tirotirohia te wai o to tatou waka.
4. Be overthrown, of a pa. Ko te pa tahuri, ko Tokaanu (J. xx, 24).
5. Turn to, set to work. Katahi ratou ka tahuri ki te tarai waka (T. 40). Tahuri; haehaea te ika nei (T. 152).
tāhurihuri. 1. v.i. Rock, as a canoe at sea.
2. Be perturbed, be at a loss. Tahurihuri kau ana a Tuhourangi ratou ko tona iwi (W. v, 55).
whakatāhurihuri. 1. n. A ceremony with the heads of chiefs brought after battle to the confines of the victor's country.
2. v.t. Make a canoe rock, as in one method of taking kanae fish.
Tahuti. 1. v.i. Run away. Ka po, ka mea te wahine nei kia haere atu ia, kia tahuti (T. 144). Kia horo te tahuti nga tai ka taui. (N.M. i, 29).
2. Hasten. Tahuti mai! a cry of welcome. Ka karanga atu hoki nga wahine nei, “Tahuti mai ana, tahuti mai ana!” (T. 147, where the use of ana is peculiar). ‖ tauti.
3. ad. Hurriedly. Ahiahi noa, po rawa, ka haere; i haere tahuti (T. 187).
‖ Mar. tafuti, tofoti; To. tofusi; Uv. tafusi.
Tai (i). 1. I.n. (‖ F.L. § 8.) The sea; generally antithetical to uta. He wha tawhara ki uta, he kiko tamure ki tai (P. 130). He waka tuku ki tai, tururu ana nga tangata o runga; he waka toko, tau ana te kohakoha (P.). Wai tai, sea water. Tai tamatane, the sea on the west coast; tai tamawahine, the sea on the east coast (Ngi.).
2. The coast; as opposed to uta, inland. Kei uta te pakanga, kei tai te whiunga (P. 49). = tātahi (i).
3. n. Tide. Mou te tai ata, moku te tai po (J. xi, 131). Ka whati te tai, ka pao te torea (P.). Kia pari te tai ka hoe matou (T. 191). Ka hura te mata o te tai, the tide has begun to flow. Ka ara te upoko o te tai, the tide has begun to flow. Ka ara pa te upoko o te tai, the tide is at its highest. Nga tai a Kupe, exceptionally high tides. Ka whawhai atu koe ki nga tai a Kupe, ki nga tai whiti rua (S.). Nga tai o Ruatapu or nga tai o Maihirangi, heavy sea, high boisterous winds. Ka tu nga tai o Maihirangi (P.). Tai whawhati rua, a figurative expression for error in reciting a spell. Tai whakaea, a term for a withdrawal from attack in order to rally for a fresh assault.
4. Wave.
5. Anger, rage, violence. Kei ara mai nga tai o Ngawhatu ra, e (S.). Kei te tai na ano koe, i te tai o to atua (M. 218). Nga tai o te atua, hei tiaki i te tangata, hei patu i te tangata.
– 362 –
taitai, n. Tide; apparently only in the expressions taitai nunui, spring tides, and taitai ririki, neap tides. Ka rere a Rangawhenua (a star) ko nga taitai nunui o te moana, ka küa nei ko nga tai o Rangawhenua.
Tai (ii), n. Used only as a term of address to males or females: E tai. Ka karanga atu ia ki tona taokete, “E tai, e kore ranei koe e pai kia haere hei hoa moku?” (T. 120). With some tribes its use is restricted to addressing a woman who has borne children. Ka patai ki te whaea, ka mea, “E tai, kei whea te pae ki toku matua?” (T. 136).
Tai (iii), 1.n. (‖ F.L. § 8). The other side. Tere te wahine ki tai o te moana (M. 152). Kei tai mai, on this side.
Tai (iv).—
taitai. 1. v.t. Dash, strike. I tukitukia ai koe, i taitaia ai nga haupapa kohatu i waho o Totorewa (M. 225). To kiri i taitaia ki te ahi manuka (M. 347). Ahua, e te iwi, te rangahau o te hoe, a taitaia te ia ki Mahurangi (M. 161).
2. Knock, brush. Ka taitaia nga kai ki te rau rakau, kia kore atu te pānga wera.
3. Perform certain ceremonies to remove tapu, etc.; the ceremony apparently originally involving striking the object with a twig. Katahi ka taitai, ka tu te tohunga, me te rakau i tona ringa, ka karakia, “Taitai, taitai, taitai, te kau nunui, te kau roroa.” Ko te karakia taitai tenei.—Katahi ka taitaia, kia, ora ai nga kai, nga kakano, nga manu.—Ka taitaia te waka (T. 112). In the case of a canoe the ceremony was accompanied with the slaughter of a slave; hence, “He taitainga waka koe noku” is equivalent to “You are my slave." Ahi taitai, a sacred fire in connection with various rites. Ka tahuna te ahi taitai, ka hoatu te rau huka o te ti.
4. n. Firstfruits, of birds, fish, etc.; used in certain sacred rites at the ahi taitai.
Tai (v), prefix. Sometimes with a qualifying force, as in taikaumatua, taitamariki, etc.; sometimes having no apparent effect on the meaning, as in taihinga, taiwhenua, etc.
taitai? = tai. In the expression taitai huānga, relatives. (Ar.)
Tāia, ad. By and by. Taia e haramai ki konei (M. 367). = taria.
Taiā. 1. a. Neap, of the tide.
2. n. Outer palisade of a pa.
taitaiā, a. Unlucky in fishing, etc.
Taiaha, n. A weapon of hard wood, about 5 ft. long, having one end (the arero) carved in the shape of a tongue with a face on each side and adorned with a fillet of hair or feathers, the other end being a flat smooth blade (rau) about 3 in. wide. E ara te kura o taku taiaha ki runga (J. xx, 23). He kanohi taiaha, a person who endeavours to keep on good terms with both sides in a quarrel. = hani (i), maipi.
Taiahoaho, a. Very light; generally joined with marama, as marama taiahoaho. ‖ aho (ii), tai (v), taiao.
Taiaka, n. A variety of eel.
Taiākotikoti, v.t. Wear out. Ka taiakotikotitia nga mea i ahau nei (D. ii, 311).
Taiama, n. A white earthy substance, sometimes placed in a box with feathers to preserve them from moth. ‖ taioma.
Taiāmiki, v.i. Wander.
Taiao, n. 1. World. Te hoki te mahara kei teina, nau i awaiho i te taiao nei (S. ii, 30).
2. Country, district. Nau mai, e tama, ki te taiao nei (S. 9). Ka ruia mai te karaka ki te taiao nei (M. 89). taitaiao, n. DawnU. Ka moe raua, ka taitaio, ka hoki a Tama-i-waho.
‖ tai (v), whaiao.
Taiapa = taiepa.
Taiapo. 1. v.t. Carry in the arms.
2. Covet. Ka taiapotia te kainga.
3. Take all to oneself. Kaua e taiapohina taua taonga mau anake. ‖ apo (i).
4] n. Lullaby. Tito te taiapo (M. 15).
Taiapu. 1. v.t. Assault, try to take by storm. A whea ta taua pa te taiaputia ai?
2. Used also of a star when in close conjunction with the moon. Kei te taiapu te whetu i te marama. This is considered a sign of war, and indicative of the success of one side or the other, according to the position of the star. 3. n. Expedition for attack. Kei te rou kakahi hei o ki te taiapu ki taua maunga (T. 157).
Taiari, taieri. 1. v.t. Beat, drive back, smash, crush. Koi haehaeoratia, koi taiaritia (M. 47). Mehemea i konei te nuinga o Te Koikoi, me he pipi taiari; tena ko tenei, he marino to.—I whaka-pipi-taiari (S. 122).
2. n. A species of shark. Ka waiho nga kai mana te kurekure, te whangai-o-tama, te kaka, te taiari, te moki, te kuku. = mango taiari.
3. a. In the expression pipi-taiari. ‖ pipi. Taiaroa. 1. a. Weary, exhausted. Katahi ka taiaroa ake a roto i a au.
2. n. The act of stretching the limbs and uttering wordless sounds, as when sleepy, pandiculation, which was regarded as a favourable omen. ‖ J. vii, 122.
3. Basket, receptacle. Ka mahia te taiaroa, ka oti; ka kohia a Ngae ki roto ki te taiaroa, ka kawea ki waho.
4. Head or other portion of a dead foe, or a living captive, brought by a taua ngaki (avenging force) to the mourner in the whare tauā, in order that the mourner may emerge from the whare (hei whakaaomarama). Ka
– 363 –
hoki te taua, ka kawea te taiaroa ki a Apakura, te whaea o Tuwhakararo (T. 44). ‖ mariunga.
5. Gossip, scandal, talk.
6. v.i. Yawn and stretch, as in 2, above.
7. v.t. Pass news from one to another. He aha te hanga e taiaroa haere nei?
8. Defame, speak ill of.
9. Spread in rows as food; ? involving the use of baskets, as 3, above.
Taiatea, a. Faint-hearted, nervous. He ngakau taiatea.
Taiawa (i), n. 1. Channel; used of a narrow dry watercourse. = koawa.
2. Vagina.
Taiawa (ii), n. Amphidesma australe, and Paphies novaezelandiae, bivalve molluscs. = kokota.
Taiawa (iii) = taewa.
Taiāwhio, v.t. Go round about, encircle. Ka haere ratou ka taiawhio i te motu nei (T. 123).
Taiea, a. Distinguished. He toa taiea i roto i te matua (Ar.)
Taiepa, taiapa, taepa. 1. n. Fence, wall. Ka tae raua ki te taiepa o te pa, ka piki a Hakawau na runga i nga kuwaha (T. 177). Kei te hanga i te taiepa oneone.
2. v.t. Fence.
Taieri = taiari.
Tāiha. 1. n. Heap of fallen trees, forming a dam barricade, or rough fortification.
2. v.t. Block, obstruct with trunks of trees, etc. Kua taihatia te huarahi i te rakau.
Taiharahara, v.i. Be diminished. ‖ hara (iii) taharahara, tai (v).
Taiharakeke, n. A fish.
Taiheke. 1. v.i. Descend, go down. taiheke rawa te ra, ka tae tatou.
2. Slope downwards. Taiheke tonu atu tera wahi.—Ka riro i a Karaha te taihekenga atu o Taumata-maire (M. 18).
3. a. Sloping or running downwards, rapid. Ka inumia atu i te ia taiheke (M. 123).
4. n. Slope of a hill, rapid in a stream. Whakahaerea ra na runga i te taiheke (M. 12). Ka riri ra ia i te taiheke nui (M. 9).
whakataiheke, v.t. Cause to slope. Ka tae ki te tahataha o Ngaruroro, ka whakataiheketia te whenua; mau tonu iho te ingoa ko Taiheke.
‖ tai (v).
Taihemahema, n. Genitals of either sex. ‖ hema (ii), tai (v).
Taihere, n. Cord for tying up a kete. ‖ tai (v).
Tāihi, v.i. Be split. Kei taihi-oratia koe (S. 30). ‖ ihi, toihi.
Taihinu, n. Pomaderris phylicaefolia, a shrub. Ka tapapa ki runga o te pu taihinu, ka ngaua e te katipo. = tauhinu.
Taihinga, v.i. Fall. Te tahuhu, nga heke, nga kaho, ka taihinga ka taimate, ka taitakoto (M. 394). ‖ tai (v).
Tāiho, n. Heart of a tree. ‖ iho.
Taihoa, ad. By and by. Taihoa ka kite ratou i ta ratou mahi (T. 141). E tata mate; e roa taihoa (P.).
Taihoropī, n. Podiceps rufopectus, dabchick (little grebe). (Ngi.) = weiweia.
Taihou, n. Stranger. = tauhou.
Taihua, n. Shore, between high- and low-water marks.
Taihuri, v.i. Turn. Ka taihuri atu na ki Ngongikato (M. 185). = tahuri.
Tāika, v.i. Lie in a heap. Kei nga mea e taika mai ra. ‖ whakaika, rauika.
Taikaha, a. Violent, impetuous, persistent. Tino taikaha atu aua wahine ki te mahi patipati.
Taikākā, n. Heartwood of a tree. Ruia taitea, kia tu ko taikaka anake. (P. 81).
Tāikarehā, l.n. The day before yesterday. = taitariha, raitariha.
Taikarekare, n. Beam of a heketua. = taikawa.
Taikaumatua, n. Middle-aged person. ‖ tai (v).
Taikawa. 1. n. Beam of a heketua. = taikarekare.
2. v.t. — Ka hara toku, ka taikawatia (M. 403).
Tāiki. 1. n. Rib. Whanatu poho ki roto, haere mai taiki ki waho (P. 94).
2. Wicker basket, anything of wickerwork. Katahi ka tikina he kareao i te ngahere, hei hanga taiki (T. 154).
3. A line carrying nooses placed near water for snaring pigeons.
4. Dry trunk of a tree, snag. = toiki. He taiki ngapara, a figurative expression for a man of endurance.
5. v.t. Provoke an atua by passing cooked food over anyone who is tapu. ‖ tapeha.
Taikiri = taukiri.
Taiko, n. 1. Procellaria parkinsoni, black petrel = karetai, toanui. He toroa, he karae, he taiko (T. 28). = kuia, ruru-taiko.
2. Leprosy. = tuwhenua.
3. Mida salicifolia, New Zealand sandalwood. = maire taiki.
Taikoraha, n. Extensive mud-flat.
Taikowhatu, n. Stones for heating an earth oven. ‖ tai (v).
Taikuia, n. 1. Old woman. E maha nga rangi ka tautau te remu, ka taikuiatia ki te whare (M. 19).
2. Middle-aged woman (with some tribes). ‖ tai (v).
Taikura, n. Heart of totara, etc.; red wood.
Taimaha, a. 1. Heavy. He whenua taimaha te whenua, he tangata mama te tangata (P.).
2. Oppressed in body or mind. = taumaha.
Taimāmā, a. Light, not heavy. ‖ tai (v).
Taimate, 1. v.i. Decay. Te tahuhu, nga heke, nga kaho ka taihinga, ka taimate (M. 394). ‖. tai (v).
– 364 –
2. n. Slack water. He taimate tenei; ka hoe tatou. Really two words, tai mate. ‖ tai (i).
Taimau, a. 1. Constant, enduring. Ka taimau te riri, a ahiahi noa ‖ tai (v).
2. Betrothed. = taumau.
Tāina, v.t. Singe. Ko he ahi taina poaka na Wai-a-Tui (S.). ‖ ina.
Taina = teina, n. Younger brother of a man, younger sister of a woman. To raua taina a Hatupatu (T. 94).
Tāinahi, tāinanahi, n. Yesterday. ‖ nahi.
Tāinakarehā, l.n. The day before yesterday. = taikareha.
Tainanakia. 1. a. Fierce, truculent.
2. n. Rascal, scoundrel. Na taua tainanakia nei i mahi nukarau (W. iii, 56). ‖ tai (v).
Tāinaoake, l.n. The day before yesterday. ‖ aoake.
Tāinawhea, l.n. What time; interrogatively, of past time only. ‖ nawhea.
Tainoka, n. Carmichaelia australis, native broom; a plant. = taunoka.
Tainui, n. Pomaderris apetala, a shrub. So called as it is traditionally reported to have grown from the skids of the Tainui canoe.
Tāinga. ‖ tā (i).
Taingāwai. ‖ tā (i).
Tāingo, tāingoingo, a. Spotted, mottled. Kei hea te ao-kapua taingoingo nei? (J. ii, 220). ‖ ingoingo.
Taio, n. Used in the term taio makawe, lock of hair, or sometimes a single hair. Ka unuhia te taio makawe o te mahunga. ‖ kaio.
Taiohi, a. Young, youthful.
taiohinga, n. Youth, childhood. ‖ tai (v).
Taioma. 1. n. A white earth. = taiama.
2. v.i. Run. ‖ tai (v).
Taiope, v.t. Gather together. Riariakina ra te tahuhu o to whare, e, tiwhaia ki te mata-a-ruru hei pukana ki te whenua, e, hei taiope i to oneone ma Marama-ai-a-te-ngutu (S. ii, 86). ‖ tai (v).
Taiora. — Kia ea ake ano te taniwha horo waka, kia ea mai ki uta ka miko taiora (S.).
Taiore, n. 1. A variety of flax with a light-green leaf having a wide dark edge.
2. Rhipogonum scandens, supplejack. = kareao, karewao, pirita.
Taioreore, ad. intensive. Used with pakapaka: pakapaka taioreore, very dry. Pakapaka taioreore te ahi ki runga ki te upoko o Te Rohika (S.). ‖ tai (v).
Taiororua, n. Valley. Kia heke tatou ki te taiororua, ka noho.
Taipa, v.i. Keep the mouth shut, be silent. Te ihu, e, mātia; mātia te kei; mātia tauware; taipa! (S.).
Taipakeke, n. Middle-aged person. ‖ tai (v).
Taipara, v.t. Fire a volley at. No toku whakatiakanga ake, ka taiparatia mai au.
Taipo, n. Goblin.
Note.—This word is used by Maoris believing it English, and by Europeans believing it Maori, it being apparently neither. Colenso suggests tae-po, but this is not used by the Maori.
Taipouri, n. Darkness. Ka tuku tenei ki te taipouri ki taku makau mate (M. 276). ‖ tai (v).
Taipū (i), v.t. Betroth.
Taipū (ii). 1. n. Heap.
2. Sandhill.
3. a. Heaped up.
whakataipū, v.t. Heap up. ‖ tai (v).
Taipua, v.i. Lie in rounded masses or heaps, as cumulus clouds. Te tae pukohu e taipua ana i nga maunga (J. xx, 17). ‖ taupua.
Taipuru, v.t. Encumber, clog. “E Taharakau, e taipurua ana koe i ou weruweru.” “E roa a raro, e tata a runga.”
Tairaki, n. Amphidesma subtriangulatum; a bivalve mollusc. Kai Porangahau maka te tairaki (W.M. vi, 49). Called also pipitairaki. I kowania ki te pipi-tairaki kia rahirahi ai he panga mo to rakau. = kahitua, pipi tairaki, taiwhatiwhati. tuatua. ‖ tua (i).
Tairanga, v.i. Be raised up. Tuia te kawe, tairanga te kawe, ko te kawe o te haere (Sh.T. 198). Rukea nga taonga kia tairanga ai te waka.
whakatairanga, v.t. Raise up, elevate. He nui rawa to whakatairanga i a koe (W.M. xii, 80). Whakatairangatia ake to upoko. Whakatairanga tatou (Let us start).
tairangaranga, a. Elevated. Tenei, e, te waka i a au, ka tairangaranga te kopaopao huanui omaoma o te ika i te Rere (M. cx).
whakatairangaranga. 1. v.t. Lift up, elevate.
2. v.i. Rise up. Na Ngapuhi i whakatairangaranga ki te riri, koia Tokākuku. ‖ ranga (i).
Tairangi, v.t. Stir, as in mixing anything with water.
whakatairangi, v.i. Move about in an aimless way. Ka huihui mai nga tohunga ki te tuaahu, ka tatua ki te tuhou, ka marohuka, ka whakatairangi, ka pakauroha nga ringa.
Tāiri, v.i. Be suspended. Te kohu ka tairi te ripa ki Motutawa (M. 228). Ki te maunga e tairia mai e te kohu ra (S.). So of the sun late in the afternoon, when it hangs, as it were, over the horizon. Ka tairi te ra.
whakatāiri, v.t. 1. Suspend, raise.
2. Place in an elevated position. Me whakatairi te pa ki runga.
Tairi. 1. v.t. Block up. Tairia te ara.
2. n. A species of shark. = taiari.
– 365 –
Tairite, a. Like, on a level with. I taoroa atu te maunga o te hauauru, ka tairite tonu ki te moana (M. 241). ‖ tai (v).
Tāiro, v.t. Cause atohungato be destroyed by his ownatua. I meatia atu ona mea tapu ki roto ki te hangi kai, hei tairo i a ia; kia hoki mai ai ona atua ki te kai i a ia.
Tairo, n. Thicket, obstruction, brambles. E kore koe e tata mai, i nga tairo a Tutekoropanga (P. 5). ‖ taero.
Tairoa, a. Lingering, spending much time over anything. He tairoa ahau ki te moe. ‖ tai (v).
Tairori, v.i. Turn away, move off. Used with a passive termination as an imperative: Tairoria!Be off! E te tiputipu nei, tairoria! (M. 43). ‖ tarori, warori.
Tairua, n. Valley, depression. ‖ tai (v).
Tairuhi. —
whakatairuhi, v.i. Be listless, idle, dawdle. Ko wai ra nga wahine e whakatairuhi ana i te huarahi.
Tairuru. — Mo te tairuru ki te pu whakatangi (S.).
Taitā, n. Drift timber lodged in the bed of a river, snag.
Taitāhae. 1. a. Oppressive, wearying. He taitahae te ngaru nei.
2. Worthless, of no account.
3. n. Young man, youth. Na ka whakahua te tamaiti i te ingoa o te rangatira, rere iho ana nga taitahae nei. = taitahake. ‖ tahae.
Taitāhake, n. Young man. = taitahae. ‖ tahake.
Taitai. ‖ tai (i), (iv).
Taitaiā. ‖ taiā.
Taitaiāhenga, n. Producing no food. He moana taitaiahenga, he onge tahi rangi (Referring to an unsuccessful fishing excursion) (P.). ‖ taitaiā.
Taitakoto, v.i. Lie, be prostrate. Te tahuhu, nga heke, nga kaho ka taihinga, ka taimate, ka taitakoto (M. 394). ‖ tai (v).
Taitama, n. Young man. ‖ tai (v).
Taitamāhine, n. Young woman. ‖ tai (v).
Taitamaiti, n. Child. I a au e tino taitamaiti ana ka u mai te kaipuke ki Whitianga (W. iv, 105). ‖ tai (v).
Taitamariki, n. Young man, young person of either sex. E taitamariki rawa ana a Hekei i aua ra (W. v, 25). Nga tangata e haere mai ana ki te matakitaki, ko nga taitamariki anake (Pi. 131, 6). ‖ tai (v).
Taitapa, n. Edge, margin. Taku toka tai timu, e tu i waho ra turanga hoa, i te one taitapa (M. 391).
Taitapu, n. An obscure word, apparently indicating an intervening obstacle or hindrance. Jaussen translates the Tahitian word, mer defendue. Ka tu au i te rahui na Te Ngatete ki te taitapu (M. 118). Tae a wairua motu huia o Tararua i runga ki Wairarapa, ki te taitapu, ki a Te Ahuru, e (M. 148). Keiwhakapuke te tai o te matakurae, o te taitapu ki taku matua (M. 403). Ko ratou ra kiano i patete, te taitapu ki Parinui (M. 410). Ka kotia te taitapu ki Hawaiki (Ika, 128, where Taylor's suggestion, road, must be rejected).
Tāitarihā, l.n. The day before yesterday. ‖ taikareha.
Taitata, a. Near. Kihai ano i taitata atu, e hara! kua rongo rawa te taniwha ra i te piro ahua tangata (T. 151). ‖ tai (v).
Taitea. 1. a. Pale, white. E rewa to toto i nga one taitea i runga Te Pekapeka (M. 346).
2. Fearful, timid. He manawa taitea.
3. n. White wood, sapwood. Ruia taitea, kia tu ko taikaka anake (P. 81). ‖ tai (v).
Taitoa, a. Brave, manly. ‖ tai (v).
Taitonga, n. South. ‖ tai (v).
Taitoru = tautoru.
Taitu (i). 1. v.i. Be hindered, be intermitted. Na reira, ara na te repo, i taitu ai te whai a te pakeha.—Kahore he taitutanga o te mare.—Kua taitu nga wahine e ngangare ana; kaore i ata mutu ta ratou riri, engari kua tu ki te whakarongo.
2. a. Slow. He kapua taitu (A cloud floating slowly along).
Taitu (ii), v.t. Take up, lift. Taitutia mai te kete nei.
Taitua. 1. l.n. (‖ F.L. § 8). The farther side of a solid body. Kei taitua o te whare. ‖ tai (v), tua (i).
2. n. Western sea, west. Whea te takutai e whanatu ai, e haere? Kei te taitua (M. 122). ‖ tai (i), tua (i).
3. Some part of a canoe. Kua horo nga rauawa ki raro, me nga taka, me nga taumanu, me nga taitua (W.M. xiii, 166).
4. a. Distant. Waiho kia hoea he moana taitua (M. 348).
Taituarā, n. Assistant, support. ‖ tai (v).
Taituku, v.i. Stoop, bend down. = tautuku.
Taituri, n. Dew.
Taiuru, v.i. Lean, decline from the perpendicular. Kia taiuru te tu o te taiepa. ‖ urunga.
Taiwa, taiwha = taewa.
Taiwhanaunga, n. — Ka maka te taiwhanaunga, naku iana koe i huri raurangi (M. 234).
Taiwhanga. 1. n. Place, locality. Ka taunu ki a au kei nga taiwhanga o Pararaki waho (M. 343).
2. v.t. Lurk for, wait for. Naku rawa i huri atu ki te taiwhanga ki a Te Wherowhero (M. 148). ‖ whanga.
Taiwharu, n. Galaxias brevipinnis, gudgeon, a fresh-water fish similar to kokopu. He kokopu taiwharu, ehara i te kokopu maori.
Taiwhatiwhati, n. Amphidesma subtriangulatum; a bivalve mollusc. = kahitua, tairaki, tuatua. ‖ tua (i).
– 366 –
Taiwhenua, n. 1. Land, district. Ko Hei ano hoki tetehi tino tupuna, nana i whakatupu atu nga tangata ki nga taiwhenua nei (M. lxviii).
2. Permanent abode. Te ripa tauarai ki to taiwhenua, kei hoki atu te ingoingo (M. 237).
Taiwherū, a. Worn out.
Takā (i), n. 1. Batten which covers the outside of the join of the rauawa with the tiwai, or body, of a canoe. He taka to waho, he paewai to roto.—Titiro atu kua horo nga rauawa kei raro, me nga takā, me nga taumanu (W.M. xiii, 166).
2. Sometimes used for the batten on the inside.
Takā (ii). 1. v.t. Fasten a fish-hook to a line. Katahi a Maui ka taka i tana matau (T. 20).
2. n. Thread by which the hook is fastened to the line. Kia whakatina koe i to matau, tina te hohou, tina he takā, tina te takerekere (M. 264).
3. Cord for lashing a toki to the helve.
Taka (i), v.i. 1. Fall off. I taka i te rakau, mo Taitua (P. 34).
2. Fall away, desist. Ka taka ratou ki raro o ta ratou mahi.
3. Fail of fulfilment, as a promise, etc. E kore e taka te parapara o ona tupuna (Ika, 132).
4. Fall to one's lot. Kua taka mai ki a au te mea nui.
whakataka, v.t. Throw down, cause to fall off.
tātaka, takataka, v.i. Fall frequently or in numbers.
takataka, a. Friable, of soil.
Taka (ii). 1. v.i. Turn on a pivot, revolve, roll.
2. Undergo change in direction, veer. Taka pitonga e tuatakahi mai (M. 177). Ehara ianei i te aroaro ka taka ki te kainga?
3. Go or pass round. Ka taka ra te waka i hoe mai nei i whea? (T. 173).
4. Come round, as a date or period of time, etc. A taka nga po i runga o Tararua (M. 109). E tatau ana i nga taro, ka tahi, ka rua … ka taka ki te ngahuru, ka kapea mai e raua.
5. Range, room at large. Katahi ka kitea atu te rangapu tangata e taka ana mai i raro i nga rakau (T. 16).
6. Be completely encircled. Ka awheo te marama, ka taka.—Titi ana te whetu, taka ana te marama (Sh.T. 175).
7. Be invested, be beseiged. Kia rongo atu au i te rongo putakari, i te rongo parekura, i te rongo pa taka a Te Whatanui (M. 147).
8. n. Spiral pattern in carving.
9. ad. On all sides, round. Katahi te hoko whitu ra ka whakataka i taua whare, a, taka noa (T. 41).
10. As a prefix in words involving a sense of revolution or circuit.
whakataka. 1. v.t. Surround. Katahi te hokowhitu ra ka whakataka i taua whare (T. 41).
2. Turn, deviate. Whakataka te taringa, pewhea hoki ra te korihitanga mai o te manu i te ata? (M. 405). Whakataka to hau ki te uru (M. 292).
3. v.i. Take a circuitous course. E whakataka ana te ara konihi a Te Puhihuia (T. 170).
tātaka, takataka, v.i. Turn or roll from side to side.
takataka. 1. n. Head. Tane moe i te whare, e kurua te takataka (P. 82). ‖ angaanga, tahurihuri. Wai takataka, brains.
2. a. Reverberating. Whatitiri takataka. matakataka.
whakatātaka, whakatakataka. 1. v.i. Move about, roll about. E whakatakataka ana te tamaiti i roto i toku kopu nei (T. 127).
2. v.t. Shake. Ka tae ki runga ki te maunga ka whakatataka a Kahu i a ia.
Taka (iii). 1. v.t. Prepare. Ma Takaratua e taka he kai mau (P.). Te whakatikanga atu o Kuiwai kei te taka kai ma te tangata (Pi. 175, 4).
2. In such expressions as taka whakaaro, taka mahara, etc., entertain a design, propose. Ka taka a Whakatau i te mahara kia haere ia ki te takitaki i te mate o tona tuakana (T. 40).
3. v.i. With whakaaro, mahara, etc., be formed, be developed. Ka taka te whakaaro i nga tangata ra kia nohoia mai i tahaki (T. 51). The sense of the clause being similar to that in 2, above.
whakataka. 1. v.t. In the expression whakataka manawa, take breath. Tautini noa a Ngati Paoa e whakataka ana i tana manawa (W. v, 88).
2. Prepare. Whakatakaa mai koia ko te kai mua, e (S.).
3. n. Director, chief.
4. Corokia buddleoides and C. macrocarpa, shrubs.
takataka. 1. v.t. Make ready.
2. v.i. Be in readiness to start. Kei te takataka te ope.
whakatakataka, v.t. Set anyone on his way, send forth. Na Tuahau au i whakatakataka.
Taka (iv). 1. n. Heap. Me huihui a tatou kumara kia kotahi te taka.
2. Company of persons. Whare taka, the common meeting house of a village. Akuanei koe ka haere ki te whare taka (W. ii, 132; but Wohlers reads tako, Tr. vii, 51; either may be a misprint). ‖ tako (ii).
3. v.i. Lie in a heap.
4. v.t. Heap up, collect into heaps. Ka mutu te tangi ka takaia e Tawhaki nga paru o te kainga o Whaitiri kia ataahua (W. i, 115).
– 367 –
whakataka. 1. n. Herd. Ka taki rau nga kararehe i te whakataka kotahi.
2. v.t. Muster, assemble. Kua riro a Te Horo ki te whakataka taua.
Taka (v), n. A coarse floor mat of undressed flax. ‖ takapau, ritaka.
Taka (vi), n. A form of karakia. Katahi ka tae a Kahu ki te weta o te tupapaku, ka taka.— No reira ka makere a Rua i te ahiahi ki te wai ki te taka i a ia mo tana wahine (T. 71).
Takaahuareka, a. Happy. Heoi te mea i kite au, he takaahuareka anake, me te whakarongo ano ki nga ture (W.M. x, 204).
Takaāmio, v.i. Go round about. Ka rere te kereru, takaamio rere, a ka noho ki runga ki tetahi rakau hakahaka (Tr. vii, 37).
takaāmiomio, a. Giddy, whirling round. ‖ amio.
Takaānini, a. Giddy, dizzy. ‖ anini.
Takaawhe, a. Circuitous. He ara takaawhe. ‖ awhe.
Takaawhio, v.i. Go round about. Kia takaawhio te waero i aku wae (M. 97). ‖ awhio.
Tākaha (i). 1. a. Lank, of hair.
2. Violent, tempestuous. Ma te hau takaha e turaki taku rata tiketike (M. 198). ‖ kaha.
3. n. Strips of leaves used for making snares. Whare takaha, hut in which bird snares were made.
tākahakaha, n. Collospermum hastatum, a plant; only used of the plant when in flower. ‖ kahakaha.
Tākaha (ii). 1. n. Male bird of the koko, or tui (Prosthemadera novaeseelandiae).
2. A sea bird which is found nesting with the titi (mutton-bird).
3. a. In the expression manu takaha, the bird which acts as sentry while the rest are feeding.
Takahanga. Ko te takahanga kia ata kitea iho e roa te tau (N.M. iii, 244). ‖ takahi.
Takahē (i). 1. v.i. Go wrong, come to nothing. Mehemea ka takahe ta korua tukunga ki te pakeha, katahi ano ka taea te pana i te pakeha.
2. a. Impatient, in a hurry. Kahore matou e takahe ana kia ruritia o matou whenua i te mea kahore he moni.
Takahē (ii), takahea, n. Notornis hochstetteri, a large and rare flightless bird closely related to the pukeko. = moho.
Takahi. 1. v.t. Trample, stamp. Na te moa i takahi te rata (P.). E takahi ana nga tamariki i nga kumara. Takahi motumotu, an expression applied to one who makes overfrequent visits. Takahi tuna, catch eels by feeling for them with the feet in marshy places. Takahikare, Pelagodroma marina, white-faced storm-petrel. He aha te manu, e? He takahikare ra (S.). The name is sometimes lengthened by the addition of moana, rangi, or raro.
2. Tread. Ka takahi haere atu i o raua tapuae (J. xx, 19).
3. Place the foot on anything to hold it. Tae atu a Te Oriparoa ki te kauati, hoatu ana kia takahia e te ruahine ra (Pi. 135, 4). Ko te wahine tena nana i takahi te kauahi, he wahine tapu hoki.
4. Plunder. Takahi manuhiri, eat with visitors without having been invited to do so.
5. Disobey, violate. Kua takahia nga kupu i rongo ra ratou (T. 22).
6. Ravish a woman.
7. Perform a ceremony, involving stamping on the ground, for producing water. Ko Ngatoro-i-rangi i haere ki nga whenua ki te takahi waipuna mo nga wahi wai-kore (T. 80). Ka mutu te karakia, ka takahia ki tona waewae te whenua, kua pupu ake te wai.
8. Traverse land for the purpose of establishing possession.
9. v.i. Dance; lit. stamp. Engari ano, kia rite te takahi, te papaki, me te horu a te tangata (T. 167). Used also in the pass. Katahi ra ka takahia (T. 167).
10. n. Footprint.
11. Carved footrest of a ko (digging implement).
12. Base of the trunk of a tree, where it enters the ground.
13. A charm to prevent a foe from avenging a defeat, or friends from making a return for a kaihaukai.
takahanga, n. 1. Circumstance, etc., of trampling. Katahi ia ka ata titiro i te takahanga, no te po noa atu tenei mahinga (T. 178).
2. Sole of the foot.
tākahikahi, n. 1. Pluvialis obscurus, New Zealand dotterel. = kukuruatu, rako, pupunui, tuturuwhatu, tuturuwhati, takaikaha.
2. Gahnia sp., a coarse grass-like sedge, used for thatching.
Takahiri, v.i. Turn, twist. Kia takahiri koe i roto i te moenga. ‖ takahuri.
Takahoa, n. 1. Companion.
2. v.t. Make a friend of, show partiality to.
Takahore, n. 1. Widower, widow.
2. Naked person.
Takahorohoro, a. Impetuous.
Takahui. 1. v.t. Surround.
2. v.i. Gather, collect, as clouds before a storm.
Takahuirangi, a. Unstable, wavering, vacillating.
Takahuri, v.i. Roll, turn.
takahurihuri, v.i. Keep on turning round, roll over and over.
Takai, v.t. 1. Wrap up, wrap round. He mea apoapo e te rimu, takai atu, takai mai (T. 11). A, mau atu ana te teina, mau ka mau, ka takaia ki te takapau, ki te karukaru (M. vii).
2. Wind round.
– 368 –
3. n. Wrapper, covering.
4. Struthiolaria vermis and S. papulosa; univalve molluscs (trumpet shells). = putara, putatara, kaikaikaroro, totorere.
takatakai. 1. v.t. Wind round and round.
2. n. Cord for lashing bait to a hook.
Tākaikaha, tākaikai, n. Pluvialis obscurus, New Zealand dotterel. = tuturiwhati.
Takaimatua. — He waka pai; he waka ataahua, he takaimatua, e kore e taea e te ngaru tena waka (W.M. xii, 80).
Takaipuni. ‖ kura-takai-puni.
Tākaka, n. 1. Pteridium aquilinum var. esculentum, common fern. Ka mate oku waewae i te ngaunga a te takaka.
2. Fibres in fern root. ‖ mākaka.
Takakaha, n. A sea fish similar to Coridodax pullus (butterfish).
2. Forearm.
3. Shin-bone.
Takakau (i), n. Puffinus griseus, mutton-bird. = āi.
Takakau (ii), a. 1. Free from business, at leisure. Taihoa e haere, kia takakau; kei haere maharahara te ngakau (T. 189).
2. Free from the marriage tie.
Takakawe, v.i. Strive, persist. E, kei te takakawe tonu koe.
Tākaki, n. Neck, throat. Ka whitia e ia te reke o tona taiaha ki runga, ka ho nga awe ki runga ki te tākaki, puritanga o te ringa whangai (J. xx, 22).
Takakino. 1. v.i. Act hurriedly. Ka kite a Te Ponga ratou ko nga hoa i te wahine e takakino ana te oma (T. 170).
2. v.t. Injure, spoil.
3. a. Wilful, impatient.
Takamingomingo. 1. v.t. Turn round. Takamingomingo ana a raro o te whenua.
2. a. Twisted, tangled. Takamingomingo ana te whitau.
Takāmio = takaamio.
Takamiri, v.i. Keep near. Ko tetahi mea tera i takamiri ai tera i te taha o Te Makarini.
Takamori, v.t. Fondle, caress. Nawe hoki te hanga takamori a to wahine (M. 354). = mori.
Takamua, a. Fore, front.
Takamuri. 1. a. Hind.
2. v.i. Lag behind.
Takanewhanewha, v.i. Close the eyes.
Takaniti. 1. a. Prompt. Kahore i takaniti i te taenga atu o te kupu.
2. v.i. Hurry, hasten. Katahi au ka pouri ki taku takaniti mai i te iwi ra.
Takao, n. Rude jest, insulting proverb.
whakatakao, v.t. Insult, despise. No reira te whakatakao a te tangata, he ariki kai tapairu (M. 192). ‖ Mng. takao.
Takaoio. v.i. Writhe, roll. ‖ oioi.
Takaokeoke, v.i. Writhe, squirm. ‖ oke.
Takaonge, v.i. Be in want. Takaonge noa i ro ngahere; koi kai, koi aha. ‖ onge.
Takaoraora, v.i. Toss about, writhe, struggle. Werohia to huha, takawhitiwhiti, takaoraora (M. 45). ‖ ora (iii).
Takaore, n. Ring on the leg of a captive bird, to prevent the string from cutting it.
takaoreore, v.i. Move to and fro. Hikaikai ana nga waewae, takaoreore ana nga ringaringa. ‖ ore.
Takaoriori, v.i. Writhe, roll over and over. ‖ ori.
Takapa. — Na taua i waiho i o kaikiri ka takapa i te rangi (S.).
Takapane, n. A large species of shark. ‖ takapari.
Takapapa. 1. v.t. Flatten out. Takapapaa te kete.
2. n. Mat on which to spread cooked food.
Takapari, n. A large species of shark. ‖ takapane.
Takapau. 1. n. Floor mat. Ka wharikitia te roro o te whare ki te takapau (T. 192). The spreading of the takapau was a feature in many ceremonies connected with tapu; so hurihanga takapau, the conclusion of the pure ceremony. Ka hurihia te hurihanga takapau, ka noa (T. 22). Takapau hora nui or takapau wharanui, an expression referring to birth in lawful wedlock. Mana e tuku iho ki te takapau hora nui (M. 36). Tena ta te mea i moea ki runga i te takapau wharanui (P. 87).
2. In the expression whai takapau. Kia whai takapau ai tatou (That we may obtain revenge for our deaths).
3. v.t. Spread out upon the ground. Ko te maro o te atua ka takapauria (T. 112).
4. Spread over. Ka tukua nga matapuna a Kiwa, a Tawhirimatea, a Iho-rangi, kia takapautia a Papa-tu-a-nuku ki raro ki te muriwai hou.
whakatakapau, n. Part of an eel weir. = whakareinga.
‖ taka (v).
Takapiri, a. Maintaining close connection. Tena koe, e noho manene mai na i tena kainga, e noho tahi mai na i ou hoa taupiri, me ou hoa takapiri. ‖ piri.
Takapo, n. Gaultheria antipoda, a plant. (Tahu.)
takatakapo, n. A variety of taro.
Takapōkai, v.i. Travel wrapped up in something. Kia uhia koe ki te kahu o te rawhiti, takapokai ana taku potiki i te ara (M. 115).
Takapou (i) = takapau. Rangaranga ra taku takapou ka pukea (M. 415).
Takapou (ii), n. Myrsine australis, shrub. = matipo, mapou, tapau, tipau.
Takapū, n. 1. Belly. Nau i matakahi i te takapu nui o Papa ka tiraha ki runga (M. 134).
2. Middle section of a kaharoa (seine net).
– 369 –
3. Calf of the leg.
whakatakapū, n. The lower part of the pole of a dredge for shellfish (kapu rou kakahi).
Takapu, n. Morus serrator, gannet. = karake, takupu.
Takapui, a. Going about in company, familiar, intimate. ‖ tapui, takatapui.
Takapuke, v.t. Plant in hillocks. Me takapuke nga purapura. ‖ puke.
Takaraha. — Hei kona kai ai i aku whare, he toenga takaraha, taria e taea te titiro mai (S.).
Takarangi. 1. v.i. Reel, stagger.
2. a. Faint, giddy. He takarangi i haere anininini ai.—Takarangi i te mate kai.
Takarape, n. Gari lineolata, a bivalve mollusc. = takarepo.
Takararārautau, n. A pattern of tukutuku ornament on the walls of a native house.
Tākare. 1. a. Eager, impatient. E takare ana ahau ki te haere.
2. v.t. Worry, press. Kauaka ra nge au e takarea mai, waiho koa nge au kia noho ake ana (M. 396).
Takarehe, n. A variety of eel.
Takareko, a. Threatening rain. He marangai, ina e takareko nei.
Takarepa. 1. v.t. Tear to pieces. Ka takarepatia te maunu.
2. a. Deficient, imperfect, mutilated. Nga takarepatanga o aku e korero nei, te hikitanga ranei, te motuhanga mai ranei, i runga i te aho matua, ma Paratene Te Okawhare raua ko Nepia Pohuhu e whakamau te wahi i motu, e whakahangai te wahi i hiki, e whakaatu te wahi i takarepa (W.W. 1).
3. n. Imperfection, mutilation. Ko nga takarepa o a matou korero ma koutou e ata whakahangai (W.W. 1). ‖ tarepa.
Takarepo. 1. n. A bivalve mollusc; Gari lineolata. ‖ takarape.
2. n. Amphibola crenata, univalve mollusc. (Te Atiawa.) = koriakai, wetiwha, titiko, whetiko, karahu.
Takarewa, v.i. Be kept awake. = tutakarerewa.
Takaripa, n. 1. Steep slope. Kia pai te haere i te takaripa na, koi taka.
2. — He umu tao takaripa ki te tua (M. 105; but another version reads takaripo). ‖ ripa.
Takaripo. ‖ takaripa.
Takariri. —
whakatakariri. 1. a. Rousing indignation, vexatious.
2. Indignant, vexed.
3. n. Indignation, vexation. Taku whakatakariri, taku whanowhanoa (M. 238). Takarita, v.i. Show resentment, insist on satisfaction. Kia ata takarita.
takaritarita, a. Vexed, annoyed.
Takariwha, n. A fresh-water eel. = takaruwha.
Tākaro (i), v.i. 1. Engage in single combat. Ka hoki mai ki te kainga, ka takaro: ka puta te tangata kaha ki te riri, ka toru tekau tangata ki te mate i taua tangata.
2. Wrestle. (Possibly the sense in this case and in previous paragraph may be identical.) Ka hiahia nga tangata o taua iwi ki te takaro ki a Tuwhakararo (T. 39).
3. Play, sport. Ka emi mai te mano o te tangata ki te haka … ki te takaro (M. vii). Riri takaro, practise the use of weapons. “He aha te mahi o konei?” Ka ki mai raua, “He riri takaro, he para whakawai.” Pass. takarohia, be played with. Aua ra e takarohia te kuri. ‖ karo.
Tākaro (ii), ad. By and by, presently. Takaro tatou e haere.—Takaro ra mota ianei, e ta ma, ka riro nga kiko i a au ki te kai (M. 110).
Tākaro (iii). —
tākarokaro, v.i. Shine dimly. Takarokaro noa te whetu maori o runga (M. 25). ‖ Tah. aroaro, obscure, hidden; Rapanui, karo, wane.
Takaroa, a. Delaying. Ngati Mahuta takaroa (P.).
Takarore, v.t. Take a turn of a rope round a post. Takarorea te taura ki te tumu. ‖ tarore, rore.
Takaroro, v.i. Be heavy, of the eyes.
Tākaru = tangaru, v.i. Splash about, flounder. (Tahu.) Kei Parakiwitini e patu mai ra Taiaroa i te kakerangi e takaru ra kei te moana (M. 380).
Takarua, takaruha = takaruwha.
Takarure. 1. v.t. Mention repeatedly. He aha toku ingoa i waiho ai hei takaretanga i runga i te ngutu o te tangata?
2. v.i. Become listless, lose heart. He takaruretanga mahi, mahue ake (P.).
3. Flap the wings. Te titi e takarure mai i te moana (Sh.T. 175, 315).
‖ tarure, rure.
Takaruwha, n. A fresh-water eel. = takariwha.
Takatakāpo, n. A variety of taro.
Takatāpui, n. Intimate companion of the same sex. Ko taku tuahine ra, kia whakamoea ma taku hoa takatapui, ma Tiki (T. 135). ‖ takapui, tapui.
Takatū. 1. a. Prepared, ready. Ka takatu nga tangata ki te haere.
2. Bustling, hurried. Kaua e takauria tatou, kia tau te taumauri ki raro.
3. v.i. Move, wriggle. Ka takatu te tamaiti i roto i te puku. whakatakatū, n. A charm to induce a person to undertake some disastrous enterprise. Na te atua ranei koe? na te whiu? na te ta? na te whakatakatu? (M. 138).
Takatua, n. Side; possibly only far side. Haere atu au ki tera takatua.
Tākau (i), a Sloping abruptly, steep. ‖ ta (v).
– 370 –
Tākau (ii). —
tākaukau, ad. In the expression patu takaukau, a method of pounding fern root. He patu takaukau, kia hume, kia kakara ai (P.), which was explained by a Maori: He aruhe whati, kaita, ka patua takaukautia, kaore e koheretia.
Tākawa, n. Fruit of kawakawa (Macropiper excelsum) and of kotukutuku (Fuchsia excorticata).
Takawaenga, n. Go-between, mediator.
Takawai (i), n. 1. Calabash used as a water bottle. He aha koe i wahi ai i te takawai o Tutanekai? (T. 133).
2. Quartz; particularly in demand as sinkers for taking warehou.
Takawai (ii). 1. a. Humid, moist. Rangi takawai, a day with light showers or threatening rain. Kaore te rangi nei i takawai, tau ana ko te hua i aku kamo (S.).
2. v.t. Moisten. E takawai ana ia i tona upoko.
Takawairore. 1. n. A toy, consisting of an irregular disc having two slightly excentric holes through which strings were passed; the ends of the strings were held in the hands and the disc revolved by twisting and untwisting the strings. = porotiti, wairore.
2. Object of affection. Nau ano ia to takawairore (M. cv).
3. v.i. Be in a state of high agitation.
Takaware, v.i. Delay, be slow.
Takawaru, n. A fish.
Takawawe, a. Impatient, eager.
Tākawe. 1. v.t. Carry anything slung over the shoulder. Ka takaia i roto o nga tarahau e rua tuaririki nei, ka herea tahi pito, tahi pito, ka takawetia (Pi. 126, 2).
2. v.i. Hang suspended, float in the air. E rere, e te ao, takawe i runga ra (M. 271). Te ao ka takawe na runga mai o te motu (M. 17). ‖ kawe.
Takawhaki, v.i. Roam at will. Takawhaki ke noa atu nga tamariki; kaore e noho ki nga matua. Takawhawhe, a. Roundabout. Haere takawhawhe noa.
Takawhenua. — Tukua atu au kia haere hei karoro tipi one ra, paewai takawhenua, e taurangi i te hau (S.).
Takawheta, takawhetawheta, v.i. Writhe, toss oneself, move quickly to and fro, wag. Ka hinga, ka takawhetawheta nga waewae. Takawhetanga na te ngutu, something to set the lips moving, subject of free conversation. Ko Hinerau, ne takawhetanga kau na aku ngutu (M. 97).
Takāwhio = takaawhio.
Takawhita, a. 1. Thrown into disorder, anxious, eager. Ka takawhita te ngakau ki te mahi.— Takawhita rawa ake nga waka o te tangata ra, e haere mai ana te hau (Pi. 135, 4).
2. Anxious, eager. Ka takawhita te ngakau ki te mahi.
Takawhiti, v.i. Hurry.
takawhitiwhiti, v.i. Writhe, toss oneself about. Werohia to huha, takawhitiwhiti, takaoraora (M. 45).
Takawhiwhiwhi, takawhiwhiwhiwhi, a. Entangled, interlaced.
Takawiri (i), a. Twisted, cross-grained. He rakau takawiri; e kore e akoako.
Takawiri (ii), n. A univale mollusc of the pupu type.
Takē. 1. v.i. Absent oneself. Take koanga; whakapiri ngahuru (Absent at planting time, close by at harvest) (P.).
2. a. Crooked, awry.
Take, n. 1. Root, stump. I mau te teina ki te take o te poporo (M. vii).
2. Base of a hill, etc. Ka tae a Ngatoro ki te take o Tongariro (J. ii, 224). Rokohina atu e noho ana te ruahine matakerepo i reira, i te take o te pikitanga (T. 49).
3. Cause, reason. Koinei e take i mate ai a Tuhoro (J. ii, 252). E rua tahi nga take i tupu ai te kino a ona tuakana ki a Tutanekai (T. 135).
4. Means. Ko te take tenei i mohiotia ai te porirotanga o Tutanekai (T. 127).
5. Origin, beginning. Na Rangi raua ko Papa nga take o mua (T. 3). He mea pera ano e Hine te tuarua o aua wahine, a he pounamu ano hoki i roto i a ia; koia te take o te pounamu (W. ii, 122).
6. Post in the palisading of a pa.
7. Subject of an argument, etc.
8. Incantation, charm. Ko te take tenei i te whakaputanga ai ki waho, “Ka haere hine,” etc. (T. 52). Ruhi noa, ngenge noa, i o pu, i o take (M. 428).
9. Chief, head of a hapu or iwi.
taketake. 1. n. Base. Ka tata mai te waka o te tane ki te taketake o te toka (Pi. 133, 11).
2. Lower point of the sail of a canoe.
3. Pole fastened to the end of a seine net to keep it extended.
4. Larus novaehollandiae scopulinus, rebilled gull. = tarapunga, karehakoa, katate, makora.
5. a. Long-established, ancient, original. Ko te kainga taketake tera o Whanake.
6. Well founded, firm, lasting. So rongo taketake, established peace. Mauria mai nei ko te rongo a whare, ko te rongo taketake … ka whakaoti te riri (M. 110).
7. Certain, on good authority. Katahi matou ka rongo taketake ki nga korero mo te matenga o nga tangata o Turanga.
8. Own. He mahi taketake nana. Tākeka, a. Slovenly, of weaving. Katahi ra, takeka tonu to whatu. ‖ taheha.
– 371 –
Tākeke. 1. n. Cord from which snares for birds were suspended. Ka tae te kuia ra ki nga ti, a ka kopiko, ka tae ki nga takeke, ka tahuhu, ka oti.
2. Net.
3. v.t. Net, make a net. Rokohanga atu e au e takeke ana i te kupenga.
4. Hang in festoons or loops. Ka takeketia te ngakau o Te Ranga e Whitiaua ki te rakau.
tākekenga, n. Mesh of a net.
Takeke (i), n. 1. Hemirhamphus intermedius, garfish. = ihe.
2. Smelt (Retropinna retropinna) when full-grown (Whang.). ‖ tikihemi.
Takeke (ii), a. Denoting exhaustive character of the action indicated. Consumed, completely acquired, etc. Takeke noa nga tini kupu maori i a koutou.
Takeketonga, n. Bay of Islands “swordfish”.
Takeo, a. Wearisome, trying, tedious. Ka nui te takeo o te mahi o te tamaiti nei.
Takere. 1. n. Bottom. Ano ka tatu a Hotu ki te takere o te moana.—I rahua reretia i te takere o te kete na Ngapuhi (M. 48).
2. Main part of the hull of a canoe. E kore e ngaro he takere waka nui (M. 42).
3. Keel of a canoe. Ka rongo a Kupe i te kuku o te takere o te waka ra (T. 116).
4. Centre of a pathway worn by foot traffic. 5. Chief man of a tribe, important part of anything.
6. a. Partly filled. Ka utua te tahā, ka takere te tahā, koia a Tahātakere.
whakatakere, n. 1. Bottom of a channel or of deep water, bed of a river. Ka noho matou ko nga pipi o te whakatakere (P. 9).
2. Stragglers from an army or company of travellers. ‖ whakamakere.
tākerekere, n. 1. Thread to lash the bait on to a fish-hook. Kia whakatina i to matau, tina te hohou, tina te taka, tina te takerekere (M. 264).
2. Direct line of descent from an ancestor. Takerehāia, n. Open rent in the bottom of a canoe, dangerous leak. Ehara i te auruko- whao; he takerehaia. Often applied to irretrievable misfortunes. Mate i te tamaiti, he aurukowhao; mate i te wahine, takerehaia (P.).
Takero, n. A star. ‖ Unahi o Takero.
Takewhenua, n. Leprosy. ‖ tuwhenua.
Tāki, tātāki, v.t. 1. Take to one side, take out of the way. Ko nga he o mua, i uru ano ahau ki roto: ko tenei he, me tāki au i toku tinana ki uta.
2. Take food from the fire, take a hinaki from the water. Ka maoa nga kai na: takina. Taki (i). 1. v.t. Track, tow with a line from the shore.
2. Lead, bring along. Whaowhia mai ki te kete putuputu, na Raukatauri i takina ai Kae, ka mate (M. 153). Pass., takina, used of the rising of heavenly bodies. Takina mai ra nga huihui o Matariki, Puanga, Tautoru (M. 330). Ra te haeata takina mai i te ripa (M. 28). Taki-o-Autahi, Southern Cross, constellation. Manu taki, a bird acting as sentry or leader of the flock.
3. Begin or continue a speech. Ka takina e Raharuhi ana korero ki nga korero o era rangi.
4. Recite. E taki ana i nga korero mai o mua.—Ka takina te kawa. Taki tupuna, recite geneaologies. Taki manawa, a childish amusement of attempting to recite a long form of words in one breath, the form for recitation being called pepe taki manawa.
5. Lengthen a name by addition. Koia i takina ai tona ingoa ko Tupai-whakarongo-pakitara-whare.
6. Challenge. He mea taki ano pea kia whai pakanga ai ratou (Pi. 175, 4). Takina te taua.
7. Entice. Katahi ka takina e ia te manu.— Kua takina ano te pakake ki Manawarakau.
8. v.i. Make a speech. Kei runga ko Hotunui e taki ana, “Haere mai, e taku tamaiti; haere mai ki Hauraki” (T. 139).
whakataki, v.t. 1. Go in search of, trace out. Ka haere taua ki te whakataki i taku kotiro (T. 48).
2. Go to meet visitors arriving. Whakatakina ahau.
3. Conduct. Nana taku tamaiti i whakataki ora ki te motu (M. 84). Maku koe e whakataki kia tika ai to haere.
4. Begin or continue a speech. He whakataki taku ki te ao, he korero atu kia rongo mai koe (M. 8). 5. Recite. Ka hoki mai ki te whakataki i te kaha o Hou-mai-tawhiti, tae noa ki ona uri (T. 128).
6. Lengthen a name by addition. Pena tonu te mahi a Uenuku ki te kai i te tangata; koia i whakatakina ai te ingoa, ko Uenuku-kai-tangata.
takitaki. 1. v.t. Trace out, look for.
2. Recite a song. Ka takitakina te haka (M. liv).
3. Provoke. Ka takitakina kia pamaro ai te haerenga mai ki waho o te rua (T. 151).
4. Drive kehe fish into a net, using the feet instead of a pole. ‖ ko.
5. Avenge. Patu ana ia i nga aruhe hei o mo te taua takitaki i te mate o tana tamaiti (T. 40).
6. v.i. Come in sight, appear. Ka takitaki mai nga kawainga o te ata.—Ka takitaki mai te ata.
7. n. Song. Ka whakahuatia ano tona takitaki; koia tenei nga kupu o taua takitaki (W. v, 38).
– 372 –
Taki (ii). 1. v.t. Stick in. Takina te tokotoko, ko Otaki (M. 28).
2. n. A rod placed obliquely in the ground to which kaka were decoyed and then snared.
takitaki, n. 1. Fence, palisading. Pae rawa nga takitaki, me te maihi o te whare (Tr. vii, 49).
2. Screen. Heoi ano te takitaki o tona whare ko te ngaherehere, hei takitaki mo te hau.
3. Tattooing on the calf of the leg of a female. Tu te takitaki, oti te hopehope ra (M. 127).
Taki (iii), n. Flock of Mohoua albicilla (white-head); not used of other birds. He taki tataeto, he tieke rere (S.).
Taki (iv), tātaki, adverbial prefix. 1. Giving a distributive force to numerals and words of number. Takirua, by twos, two at a time, two apiece. A takirua hokinga ki tau na kupu kotahi (M. 229). Kua uru ia ki roto o nga matua a tera, tata haere ai, takirua, takitoru ki roto i te rapa o tona taiaha (J. xx, 23). Takitini, in crowds. Kaore i tupu ngatimaua; papa takitini i te autaia te takatakahi. In speaking of persons toko is sometimes inserted, as takitokowha, four persons at a time.
2. Used with verbs, etc., denoting that what is said applies to each one individually. Whati rawa ake; ehara, kua takimaumau (They were caught one by one) (T. 150). Me whakawhirinaki ki etahi rakau, e takitu nei, nga taura (Let us make the ropes fast to some trees standing at intervals) (T. 159).
Takiaho, n. 1. A cord on which fish or shellfish are strung.
2. Line of descent. E kore e tau hei whai ake mo te takiaho ariki (M. 412).
Takiari (i), n. A species of shark.
Takiari (ii), n. Omen of a certain class, good or bad. Mehemea ka moe te kuri, ka pahu, he takiari, he waimarie. ‖ J. vii, 126.
Tākiato, n. Cross supports for the karaho, or deck, of a canoe. ‖ kiato.
Tākiekie, n. A kind of eel.
Takihakohako, v.t. Heap up. (R.) Takihako-hako te kete ka kohure.
Tākihi, n. Kidney.
Tākihikihi, tākīki, a. Stripped bare, cropped short. Moremore takiki (M. 321). ‖ kihi (ii).
Tākīkī = takihikihi.
Takimanawa. ‖ taki (i).
Takini, n. Sphincter muscle, hymen. Te takini o te tou. ‖ kini.
Taki-o-Autahi. ‖ taki (i).
Takirā, Takirau, n. The moon on the nineteenth day. E tatari ana kia Takirautia te marama kei te Korekorenga (S. 52). Ko nga po o te Takirau o te marama, e rima.
Takiraha. 1. a. Wide, flat, extended.
2. n. Open space.
Tākiri. 1. v.t. Untie, loosen. Hutia te punga, takiritia hoki nga ra (T. 70).
2. Spread out food; ? open the receptacles containing it. Takiritia ra he kai ma te ope taua (M. 33).
3. Disengage the fibre of flax. He taroa ka oti te takiri, ka whenutia hei whenu ena.—Kei te takiri whitau ratou.
4. Free fromtapu. Takiritia ra te tapu o Ruanuku (M. 361). He takiritanga kainga.
5. Draw away suddenly. Ka takiritia mai te tahā i roto i te wai (T. 91). Potaka takiri, a humming top which was spun by drawing the string smartly from it, the top being steadied by means of a piece of wood called the papa takiri.
6. Snare with a noose and long string. Ka ora karikari aruhe, ka mate takiri kaka (P.).
7. Pull, pull out, pull up, pluck. Ka tae ki te toetoe, toetoe whatu pakau nei, takiritia mai (Pi. 135, 3). E tono ana kia whakaaetia taua whenua hei takiritanga rarauhe mo tana mara.—Mo tona takiritanga makawe.
8. Set in motion a body of men. Takiritia ake ona hoa tokorua pu (T. 172).
9. Thrust, of paddles; strictly, the smart return stroke. Whai noa atu ana te takiringa hoe (M. 216).
10. v.i. Start convulsively. Ka takiri ai tana peke (M. 171).
11. Fly back, as a spring.
12. Dawn. Ka takiri te ata (T. 179). I whakaorangia au mo te takiritanga o te ata (T. 46).
13. n. Convulsive twitching, regarded as an omen. Maranga, he nanakia, e kai ana te takiri, he parekura kei te ata (T. 200).
14. Rush, charge. Kia paia te takiri.
15. False retreat to lead enemy into an ambuscade.
tākirikiri. 1. v.t. Pluck at repeatedly. Iti te kopara, kai takirikiri ana i runga i te kahikatea (P.).
2. a. Split into fine strips. Te tauri komore, he karetu, he mea takirikiri, ka whiria kia pai.
3. ad. Convulsively, by jerks. E kainga takirikiritia ana e te ngarara. (Of shooting pains.)
Takiri.—
whakatakiri, n. A song sung to a child while it is being dandled. He whakatakiri tenei na Harema, mo tana tamaiti.
Tākirikau, n. A term applied to all the finer varieties of flax the fibre of which could be disengaged without the use of a shell. = tihore. ‖ tākiri, 3.
Tākiritāne, n. A stone used for grinding, cutting, and drilling greenstone.
– 373 –
Takitahi. 1. n. A sandal made of the leaves of ti (Cordyline).
2. An inferior kind of floor mat.
3. prefix. ‖ taki (iv).
Takitakio, n. A word to represent the stridulation of the Cicada. E tangi nei te kikihi “Takitakio” (S.). Takitakitū. ‖ takitū.
Takitaro, v.i. A word denoting a short lapse of time. Kia takitaro taua ka haere (We will go in a little while). Ka haere ki tahaki noho ai, a ka takitaro, tikina atu ka hukea (W. ii, 10). ‖ taro.
Takitea, n. A white stone used for making implements. = opunga.
Takitini. ‖ taki (iv).
Takitū, takitakitū, n. Formation in column for attack. Katahi ka honoa, kua kotahi tonu tana matua; katahi ka haere i runga i te takitakitu, kua kiia he kawau maro.—Ka pa te karanga a te tangata whenua ki tana matua, “Whakatika ki runga, haere i te takitu.”— Ka matika nga toa o Te Arawa ki te whai i a Tuhoe. Katahi a Tuhoe ka haere i te takitakitu. (In this instance the manoeuvre was for the purpose of drawing Arawa to the main body of Tuhoe.)
Tākituri, n. Death-watch beetle, Anobium domesticum.
Takiura. 1. n. Sacred food cooked on the occasion of the removal of the bones of the dead, childbirth, and other occasions.
2. A charm to bring the spirit of an absent person. Taku takiura i te weherua (M. 180).
3. a. In the expression whare takiura, building set apart for instruction in esoteric lore. Ko Kahuponia te whare takiura o Tutakangahau.
Takiwā. 1. n. District, space. Ka haere ta matou ope nui ki te takiwa ki Tongariro (W.M. xi, 66).
2. Time, period.
3. v.i. Be separated by an interval. Ka takiwa noa mai te iwi ra (T. 171).
Takiwhenua. 1. v.i. Wander. Katahi ratou ka takiwhenua haere; a, roa noa atu e marara ana ka tae ki Waitara.
2. Perform a certain rite over presents of food as a precaution against withcraft. Ka tu te tohunga ki runga, ka takiwhenua, ara ka pure; ko te takiwhenua tenei.
3. n. A stroke with the tokotoko, or quarter-staff.
Takō, a. 1. Loose. He tako noa te aka o te taiepa nei; kaore i mau.
2. Peeled off. Ka tako te hiako. Rangi tako, clear sky.
tākōkō, a. Loosened. I takokotia te kiri o te rakau.
whakatākōkō, v.t. Peel off, as the bark of a tree.
Tako (i), n. Palate, gums.
Tako (ii), n. In the expression whare tako, common meeting house of a village. Akuanei koe ka haere ki te whare tako (Tr. vii, 51); but note a different version reads taka (W. ii, 132). Either may be a misprint. ‖ taka (iv).
takotako, a. Upright, erect, extended. He takotako no te noho o te manu.—Te haere a te tangata ra, takotako ana.
Takoha. 1. a. Spread about, scattered. Whitinga te ra e tuku kia takoto, e tuku kia takoha.—Kei te takoha noa atu nga mea o roto o te whare. He takohatanga mahi, a dispersing from work.
2. Free from fear or suspicion. Kahore he maharahara o tera takiwa; takoha noa atu nga whakaaro.
3. n. Pledge, token. Ko au te takoha o toku aroha. ‖ koha, oha.
Takohe, a. At leisure.
whakatakohe, v.i. Loiter, proceed slowly, dawdle. E haere ana rapea te tamariki tamahine, e whakatakohe haere ana (T. 170).
tākohekohe, a. Flaccid, yielding. ‖ ngohengohe.
whakatākohekohe, v.t. Caress, fondle.
‖ takuhe, takoha.
Tākohu. 1. n. Mist, vapour. He takohu hau moana, he tohu marino.
2. a. Enshrouded in mist. I takohua mai te puke ki Puawhe (S. 43). Ka takohu na runga ana mai te utu ki Piwhara (M. 99).
Takoi. — No reira te whakatakoi a te tangata.
Takokau. — Kei kite au i tona huhi, i takokau nei kai te ihu (S.).
Takoki, a. Sprained. Ka takoki toku waewae.
Tākoko, n. 1. Shovel (there were generally two: ‖ T. 35) for shovelling away any accumulation of faeces at the back of the paepae of the heketua.
2. An implement for digging. Ko te rite tonu ia o to takoko ka kari ki te whenua (M. cvi).
Tākokorua. — Ka ngaro nga whakatakokorua, e tutu ai te haukorero.
Takonui, n. Thumb, big toe. ‖ takoroa.
Tākopa. 1. a. Doubled up, folded. Whakaaro rawa iho ki a au ko taku takopatanga i te po; homai, e hine, te ahi kia piua, ko te rama iti (M. 403).
2. n. A small kete with a flap to close it, satchel.
‖ kopa.
Tākora, a. Small; applied to kumara, etc.
Takore. — Ki te takupu, kauaia; ki te takore, kauaia (K.). E tai ma, ka meramerautia, me tuku ki te puna mo te takore e au.
Takoroa, n. Forefinger. ‖ takonui.
Tākoru, a. Hanging in folds, loose. ‖ koru.
Takoto. 1. v.i. Lie. Tana hinganga ki raro ma nga manga ana takoto ana ki te whenua (T. 5).
– 374 –
2. Be in, or take up, a position. Ka kitea ki nga waewae e takoto ana, ahu tonu ki roto (T. 202). I te ata po tonu ka takoto nga matua a te ope (J. xx, 22). Ka waiho i reira te punga o te waka, e takoto mai nei ano (T. 123).
3. Be present. E takoto nei he mamae, me he ngau atua (M. 88).
4. Be in a state or condition. Ana koia, e takoto kino nei te whenua (T. 23). Tenei ano tau mahi, e te rangatira, te takoto ke nei (T. 197). Takoto noa, easy.
5. Lie before one in the future, be in prospect. Taihoa e kata i a maua, me tatari i roto i nga ra e takoto ake nei (Pi. 175, 5).
6. Be formed, as a project or scheme. Ka takoto te whakaaro o te tangata nei kia haere ia ki Hawaiki (T. 136).
7. Be low, of the tide. Ka takoto te tai.
8. Be well set, well shaped. He takoto nga turi o te tangata ra.
9. In the expression Takoto atu! used to encourage paddlers in a canoe.
10. n. A unit of measurement, the length from the foot to the hand extended beyond the head, measured on the ground; used chiefly in measuring houses. Ko te roa o te whare, kotahi kumi ma ono; ko te rahi, e iwa takoto (Pi. 135, 5).
takotoranga, n. Receptacle, position, site.
whakatakoto. 1. v.t. Lay down. Ka whakatakotoria tana taiaha (T. 55).
2. Plan, determine. I whakatakotoria ano ki te korero, e pa ma (M. 429). So whakatakoto whakaaro, decide, determine.
3. Give direction, order. Te kaha hoki ta Tupurupuru, whakatakotoria ana ki tana pononga, ki a Ponarua, kia karia te pokere ki te roro o te whare.
4. Plant, place, an ambuscade, etc.; dispose forces. A, i te ahiahi ka whakatakotokotoria nga pehipehi; ka oti tera, ka whakatakotoria nga matua iwi (W. v, 77).
5. In the expression whakatakoto tupuna, recite genealogies.
6. n. Ambuscade.
tākotokoto, n. Sprit of a sail.
whakatākotokoto, v.t. Dispose in several places. ‖ ex. whakatakoto, 4.
Takotowhenua, n. A kind of eel. = matamoe.
Tākou. n. 1. Red ochre; a variety obtained from yellow earth by burning. Ano i taia ki te takou te whero (T. 16).
2. A tree similar to the olive.
Tāku, pos. pron. My. Pl. āku. ‖ tā (viii), note. For the difference between taku and toku, ‖ a (ii), ku (i).
Tāku (i), a. Slow. He taku te haere o te tangata ra; te hohoro te aha.
tātaku. 1. v.t. Utter slowly or deliberately, recite. E tataku ana enei mea i te hokinga mai i te tanu i te tupapaku hei whakanoa.— Tau mahi he ata tataku marire i te kupu.
2. n. Saying.
3. Direction command.
4. Any deliberate utterance.
takutaku, v.t. Recite. Used chiefly of genealogy, incantations, etc. Haere ki te ruku ka takutaku ai e koe ki te uri o Tuwharetoa (T. 129). Takutaku atua, an incantation connected with the niu ceremony.
Taku (ii). 1. n. Edge, border, rim.
2. Gunwale. Ka whakatangihia mai te aho ki te taku o te waka, ara ki te niao.
3. Hollow.
4. v.t. Skirt, keep by the edge of. Ka tae ki tetahi wahi, e haere ana te kotare, ka kiia e Tamatea, “Taku wao ana te haere o te manu nei!” (”This bird keeps skirting the forest as it goes!”) Mau tonu te ingoa ko Otakuwao.
‖ takuahi, takutai.
Taku (iii), tataku, v.t. Threaten behind one's back. Kei te takuna koe e Turi kia patua. — Kei te takuna e Turi he mate mou.
takutaku, v.t. Threaten.
‖ mataku.
Takuahi, n. 1. Stones let into the floor of a house as a fender for fire. ‖ J. v, 151. Ka haramai tenei, ka takoto, ka whakapaea ki te takuahi (M. 196). ‖ taku (ii). He korero takuahi, a statement lacking in authority, romance.
2. Persons employed to kindle and tend sacred fire for the umu tapu.
3. Centre of line of battle, as opposed to the paihau.
Takuate. 1. v.i. Grieve, yearn. Ka takuate noa iho a roto i a ia i te aroha.—E takuate ana ahau ki taku hoe kua ngaro.
2. a. Anxious.
Takuhe, a. Secure, without apprehension. Na reira ka takuhe te haere; na reira ka maheu te haere. ‖ takoha, takohe.
Takune, v.i. Intend.
takunetanga, n. Occasion, object, reason, pretext, pretence. He aha he takunetanga e puta ai ki waho ra? (M. 230).
whakatakune, v.t. 1. Make believe, pretend.
2. Originate. (Tar.) Tomo kau a Uewhatarau ki roto, whakatakune riri ai. ‖ kune.
Takunui, a. Wide. E takunui ana te riu o Kauwae. ‖ taku (ii).
Takunga, takutakunga, n. 1. Anything of no great moment, trifle. He takunga parae (Indifferent food gathered in the open). Kahore he takutakunga o te whare, o taku ringa ranei (I have not even the simplest food in my house or to my hand) (P. 79).
2. Bare pretext, excuse. Kia ai he takunga ka haere ai. Whai takunga ki, have a claim on. Engari a Piwaka, i whai takunga ki a Turi.
Takupe. —
whakatakupe. 1. a. Quiet, at ease. Kei te
– 375 –
whakatakupe matou e noho nei; kaore he whakaohooho.
2. v.t. Pack up. Kei te whakatakupe i ona taputapu.
Tākupu, n. Sprig, twig of a shrub. Tikina atu he takupu poroporo hei horoi kakahu.
Takupū. 1. a. Short. Me kokoti nga manga kia takupu.
2. n. ?Horizon. Ka mau kai takupu nui no Rangi (K.). ‖ taku (ii).
Takupu, n. 1. Morus serrator, gannet. Ko te au ra i nohoia e te takupu, ko te Whaiapawa (M. 87). He takupu horo ika (M. 37).
2. fig. Chief. Ko te takupu tenei nana nga korero nui.
3. Alcithoe arabica, a univalve mollusc.
Takurangi. 1. a. Pointing upwards, as a spear, etc.
2. n. A particular guard in fighting with the taiaha, used to counter the stroke wiri waewae.
Tākuru, n. Fruit of potato; also small tubers on the stalk above ground. = hua takuru. ‖ pokurukuru.
Takuru. 1. n. Thud.
2. v.i. Thump, knock. Nana i takuru ki te kowhatu Waipawa (S.).
tākurukuru, v.i. Thump or knock repeatedly. I whakarangona atu ki te takurukuru, ki te aue mai i roto i te wai (W.M. ix, 103).
Takurua, n. 1. Sirius, the Dogstar.
2. Winter. Kaore he takurua, he ngahuru tonu tana (T. 160). Mahia he kai mo tau; mahia he wahie mo takurua (P.). He riri takurua, a winter quarrel, i.e., one of no magnitude. Korero takurua, winter's tale, romance, story without authority or weight.
Takurua-parewai, n. A star. Ko Takuruaparewai e arahi ana i a Marere-o-tonga.
Takurua-whareana, n. A star.
Takurutu, a. Feeble, sluggish. Kia ata haere tatou i nga takurutu (Let us go gently on account of the feeble ones, i.e., the women and children). He wahie takurutu, firewood that will not blaze.
Takutai, n. Sea coast. Tenei ra te takutai e whanatu ai e haere (M. 122). ‖ taku (ii).
Tama, n. 1. Son, nephew. Ka rongo ana tama i tera kupu (T. 99).
2. Eldest son. Ka oti te waka a Ruatapu, ka whiriwhiria e ia nga tangata hei eke mo runga, tama anake.
3. Child, irrespective of sex. Kua whanau tama a Rangi.
4. Man. Katahi te tama ka whakatika (T. 29). Tama tu, tama ora; tama noho, tama mate kai (P. 83). So E tama! or E tama ma! (pl.), forms of address. E tama, ka mate koe (T. 29).
5. In a mystic sense in karakia, where it is used with tauira, atua, tohunga, kete, etc. He pokinga i ena tama, i ena tohunga, i ena atua, i ena mana, i ena karakia, i ena tauira (T. 87). ‖ also other passages, T. 85, 86, 88, and M. 424.
6. In a number of proverbial expressions: Tama roto or tama tu ki roto, emotion, desire, craving, strong feeling. Kihai i noho, haere tonu; ta tama tu ki roto, tana pai hoki (T. 144). E mate tama roto (I am hungry). He mahi kai mo te kopu, kia ora ai tama roto. Tama a hara. object of revenge. Homai taku tama a hara kia kainga.—Ka heria mai e Ngati Mahanga te tinana o Tawhakamoe i Te Rotoiti, ka kainga; kua tama-a-haratia ki taua iwi. Tama ngarengare, penis. ‖ ngare (ii). Tama-tane, son, and tama-wahine, daughter, are frequently used antithetically, e.g., of the upper and lower ropes of a bird snare. (‖ Wai. 15); of the west and east sea north of Auckland (‖ tui (i)); of successful and unsuccessful strokes in parrying a blow. I hiki tama-wahine, kihai i tama-tane te hiki o to patu (M. xcix).
tamatama, v.t. Treat with marks of disgust. Ka tamatamatia te wahine whakarawai.
whakatamatama, v.i. 1. Be above doing a thing, be too proud. Katahi ano te tangata whakatamatama ki te taka kai.
2. Give oneself airs.
Tamaahu. 1. v.t. Remove thetapufrom a kumara ground before taking up the crop. Katahi ka tamaahutia te kai.— Tututu kaikore; tamaahu kai nui (P.). Umu tamaahu or imu tamaahu, an oven in connection with the ceremonies above. He umu tapu, ma te tohunga anake e kai i te imu tamaahu.
2. n. Firstfruits ofkumara.
Tamaaroa. ‖ tamāroa.
Tāmahana, whakatāmahana, v.t. Cook a second time, warm up cooked food.
Tamahine. 1. n. Daughter. (Pl. tamāhine.) E, ko Te Kahureremoa, ko te tamahine a Paka (T. 144).
2. Girl. A, kaumatua noa, ka tamahinetia, ka wahinetia, ka mau te rongo (Pi. 131,6).
3. a. Female. E haere ana rapea te tamariki tamahine (T. 170).
4. Girlish. Ka titiro ki tana wahine tamahine (Pi. 133, 11).
‖ hine.
Tamahou, n. New potatoes.
Tāmaire, a. A term applied to a kaka parrot with a hooked beak.
Tamaiti, n. Child. Only used in the singular. PL. tamariki. Koia i tapa ai e ia te ingoa o tana tamaiti, ko Wahieroa (T. 45). ‖ tama.
Tamaiwaho, n. A star.
Tāmaka, n. A round cord plaited with four or more strands. He tari, he tamaka, he whiri paraharaha (T. 150). He pokeke Uenuku i tu ai, he tapui tamaka i tau ai (P.). = tuamaka.
Tamaki. 1. v.i. Start involuntarily.
2. n. Convulsive twitching of the nerves,
– 376 –
regarded as an omen. Ka ki atuk a Kahu, “E kore au e hoki; he tamaki hokinga tahi tenei moku kia haere au?”
3. Omen. Mehemea ka tangi toku ihu, he tamaki tena.—Mehemea ka kino te takiri, he tamaki tena.
4. a. Ominous. He tutuki tamaki tona.
Tāmaku, a. A term applied to a method of adzing timber in which the strokes were kept even across the plank.
Tāmanga-kōtore, n. 1. Youngest child in a family.
2. Youngest child but one.
Tāmaoa, tāmaoka. 1. a. Cooked, Kia korohuhutia kia tamaoka iho, ka kai.
2. v.t. Pollute through contact with or passing under cooked food. Kei tamaoatia te mata o te rakau e te kai maoa.
Tamarahi, v.i. Boast, brag. Kihai ano i ata tae ki uta, ka pekena e Maraika, tamarahi ai, “Kai au te ika i te ati” (J. ii, 46).
whakatamarahi, v.i. Boast oneself, act proudly.
Tāmaramara, a. Swaggering.
whakatāmaramara, v.i. 1. Strut, swagger, bluster. Whakatamaramara ana te haere a te tangata ra.
2. Expostulate. I a ia i roto i te wai, ka whakatamaramara mai, ka mea mai, “A tama ra, waiho au i Hikurangi” (T. 111).
Tamariki, n. 1. Child, opposed to adult. I kite tamariki hoki i mua i taua maia (T. 99). E haere ana rapea te tamariki tamahine (T. 170). He tangi ta te tamariki, he whakama ta te kaumatua (P. 27).
2. Pl. for tamaiti. Children. Ka karanga atu a Tatau ki ana tamariki (T. 47).
‖ tama.
Tamāroa, tamaaroa, n. Son, possibly only firstborn son. Ehara i te po kotahi i tuwhera ai te whare wananga; no reira ehara i te po kotahi i whanau ai te tamaroa (P.).
Tamaroto, n. A name used to personify one's inner man. ‖ tama, 4.
Tāmaru, a. Shady, cloudy. He rangi tamaru.— Ko te rangi i pai ra kua tamarutia e te pokeao (Pi. 133, 11).
Tāmata. 1. v.t. Refresh. Te wai ra o te hinu oke hei tamata iho i taku kiri (M. 200).
2. Cultivate, work the soil. Ka tae ki te wa e tata ai ki te raumati, ka tamata marire i te mara tautane.
3. n. A new cultivation. Tikina he taewa i te tamata.
tāmatamata, n.—Ko te tamatamata ki te tuaahu i makutu mai ra (S.).
Tamatamaarangi, n. An ancient weapon. Ka aranga i kona te rakau a Manaia, ko Kihia, ko Rakea, he ururangi, he tamatamaarangi (T. 123).
Tamatane, n. 1. The special preparation of an object as a charm to be cast at the person to be affected. Haere koe, pakaina te mea tamatane; e mau, ka hoki mai koe (Tr. vii, 51).
2. ‖ tama, 6.
Tamatea, n. A name for the moon on the sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth nights, which are distinguished by the epithets tu-tahi, tu-rua, tu-toru, and tu-wha; or tu-tahi, anana, ako, and kai-ariki whakapau; or ariki, angana, aio, and whakapau; or kai-ariki, kani, ngana, and more. Te hau marama mate o te Tamatea (M. 26). A tukua atu ra maua ko Tamatea kai-ariki ki te moana kakari ai, e (S.).
Tāmau, v.t. 1. Fasten. Tamautia rawatia te whare; kei waiho kia tuwhera.
2. Love ardently. Kei raro Te Herepu, e moea iho nei, e, e tamaua nei e maua ko ngakau (M. 47).
3. Betroth. = taumau.
whakatāmau, v.t. Hold fast. Whakatamaua taketia te mea ra.
Tāmaua, v.t. Hold fast. Tona karakia tamaua tona atua.—Ka tamauatia ki te kaupapa.
Tāmauru, n. South-west wind.
Tamawahine, n. East. He tohu ano ra te hau tamawahine (M. 182). ‖ tama, 4.
Tamawhakaara, n. Fore stay of mast of a canoe, by which it was raised.
Tame. 1. n. Food.
2. v.t. Eat.
tametame, v.i. Move the lips. He titiro kau atu ana ki nga ngutu o te tangata e tametame ana, e pehea ranei nga kupu (W.M. x, 115).
‖ tami.
Tameme, v.t. Desire. Te wai kaha e tamemetia nei e tatou (W.M. x, 189).
Tāmene, v.i. Be assembled. Kua tamene mai nga tamariki. ‖ mene (i).
Tāmi, tātāmi. 1. v.t. Press down. Aua e tamia te rahurahu, kei pirau te kapura.
2. Repress, suppress. I tamia ra heki e ia taku korero. Kai te tamia te rongo o te whaihanga i a Tane (N.M. iii, 382).
3. Smother. Otira ta te wahine; whanau mai he tamaiti, tamia ana; whanau mai, tamia ana. Used figuratively of smothering an odour. Kua rongo i te piro o Tawhaki raua ko Karihi, kua tu te ihu, te tunga ake ano o te ihu, e tamia ana e nga mano tini, ngaro noa iho te piro (T. 47).
4. a. Completed, in weaving. Kua tami te tihoi (Thetihoiof the garment has been completed).
tātāmi. 1. n. Vines used to protect the thatch of a roof from the action of the wind.
2. v.t. Cover with vines in order to protect thatch from wind.
Tami (i), tamitami, n. Food. Tami-waha, a relish. Tikina he tuna hei tami-waha mo tatou. ‖ tame.
– 377 –
Tami (ii).—
tamitami, ad. Openly.
Tāmina, v.t. Desire greatly, long for. Tenei taku kaki e tamina noa mai ki tana kai (M. 199). ‖ mina (i).
Tāmiro. 1. v.t. Twist a cord by rubbing the strands with the hand on the thigh. He manu aute au, e taea te whakahoro ki te aho tamairo (M. 220).
2. Draw together by twisting a cord. Kei runga ia, kihai i tau iho kia tamirotia, kia pine mai (M. 82).
3. v.i. Twist, as a cord when treated as in 1, above.
‖ miro.
Tāmirua, a. Folded twice over. Tukua kia numi nga ia tamirua ki Kaiwhakarau ra.
Tamō, v.i. Be absent. Kahore hoki kia hoki mai; tamo tonu atu (Tr. vii, 34).
tāmōmō, v.i. Diminish.
Tāmoe. 1. v.t. Press flat. E tamoe ra i te rauaruhe.
2. Smother, repress. Tukua kia puta te korero; aua e tamoea.—Mana e tamoe te awa kei Ahuriri (M. 179).
3. Leave for a long time in the process of cooking. Tamoea ta tatou poaka kia maoa ai.
4. Overpower by occult means. He tamoe i nga kino o nga tangata o uta.
5. n. Kumara used in the tamaahu ceremony.
6. A charm to destroy an enemy.
Tāmomi, v.i. Be engulfed. Kua tamomi te tangata ki te hu. ‖ momi.
Tamomo, a. Hollow, depressed. Wahi tamomo, fontanel, aperture between the parietal bones in the skull of an infant.
Tāmore. 1. n. Root, taproot. He aruhe to kai, te kai a to tipuna, a Rakeitiutia, i purutia ai te tamore i Rarotonga (P. 4).
2. Point, projection.
3. a. Firmly rooted. He tina ki runga, he tamore ki raro (M. 334). E kore e riro, he ti tamore no Rarotonga (P.).
4. Bare, bald. Kei te rake au, e Tu, kei te tamore au, e Tu (M. 255).
tāmoremore. 1. a. Bald, bare, freed from obstructions or encumbrances. Naupe whakararo ki te upoko tamoremore (M. 193).
2. n. Clear expanse. Puritia ki tamoremore nui no Papa, he aio (S.). Awhi papa, ki tamoremore nui no Rangi, he aio (S.).
tāmoremoretanga, n. Lower part. Kia eke ki runga ki te rakau nei, kia hangai tonu ki te tamoremoretanga o te poho.
‖ more (i).
Tāmou, v.t. Keep a fire alight by covering with ashes. ‖ komou.
Tamu, n. Pudenda muliebria.
tamutamu, a. Flashing.
Tāmuimui, v.t. Throng, crowd around. ‖ mui.
Tamumu, v.i. Hum, buzz. E tamumutia nei e te ngaro o te waru (S. ii, 11).
Tāmure, n. 1. Pagrosomus auratus, snapper; a fish. He wha tawhara ki uta, he kiko tamure ki tai (P. 30).
2. A variety of flax (Phormium tenax) with obtuse leaves.
Tāmutumutu, a. Discontinuous, intermittent. Kahore e tamutumutu te haere o te iwi nei ki Turanga. ‖ mutu.
Tāna, pos. pron. His, her, its. Pl. āna. ‖ tā (viii), note. For the difference between tāna and tōna, ‖ a (ii). In reciting genealogies tana is often used elliptically for tana tama. Ko Hineau-pounamu, tana ko Rautao-kura, ta Rautao ko Manuhiri, tana ko Kihi (M. lxvii).
Tanae, n. A variety of taro.
Tanamata = ta namata. Ko tanamata riri he kahikatea, he paraoa, he akarautangi (M. 212). ‖ namata.
Tāne. 1. a. Male. Ki te whanau te tamaiti i muri nei, he tane, waiho i a Marutuahu te ingoa (T. 136).
2. Showing manly qualities.
3. n. Husband. Kahore ano a Tangotango i mohio ko Tawhaki tenei, ko tana tane (T. 51). He wahine tane, a woman who has a husband.
whakatane, v.i. Show manly qualities, play the man. Ko Whakatau, potiki ahaku, e whakatane i a ia (Tr. vii, 49).
Tane-te-waiora, n. Petroica toitoi, white-breasted tomtit. = kikitori, miromiro, ngirungiru.
Tane. 1. v.i. Eructate after food.
2. n. In the expression tane o te kaki, Adam's apple.
tanea, v.i. Be choked.
tanetane, n. Chione stutchburyi, cockle. = huai, huangi, hungangi, pipi, tuangi.
Tāneāwai, n. A variety of flax.
Tānehurangi, n. A variety of kumara.
Tānekaha. 1. n. Phyllocladus trichomanoides, a tree.
2. An implement for tightening the lashings of a canoe by twisting.
3. a. Taut, tight (of a cord). Katahi ka potaea te harakeke ki te porokaki, ka kumea e Whiro, tanekaha rawa, kua mate te tamaiti.
Tanewha, v.i. Lie. E tanewha mai ra (It lies there).
Tāniko, n. Ornamental border of a mat. Kahu taniko (T. 155).
tānikoniko, a. Ornamented.
Taniwha, n. 1. A fabulous monster supposed to reside in deep water. Tera ano tetahi taniwha kai tangata kei te Awahou e noho ana (T. 153).
2. Shark, or any formidable marine creature. Te taniwha nui o te moana (T. 27). Na
– 378 –
ka kitea he tikanga mana e mate ai tenei taniwha (i.e., an octopus) (T. 110). Mango taniwha, Carcharodon carcharias, white pointer shark.
3. fig. Chief. Waikato taniwha rau (P.).
4. Prodigy. He taniwha tenei tangata ki te whakairo.
5. Used of the human body. Kurekure noa ana ahau i taku taniwha (I am gashing my body aimlessly) (S.). Probably a bold poetic figure, i.e., as if it were some fierce monster.
tāniwhaniwha, n. 1. Blechnum discolor; a fern. = piupiu.
2. — He pitoitoi ketuketu para rau rakau, nana rawa i tiki mai taku pokai taniwhaniwha (M. 244).
Tānoa, v.t. Belittle, make of no account. Kua tanoatia tena rangatira (That chief has lost his position). ‖ whakanoa.
Tanoi, v.i. Be sprained. He tanoi toku mate. ‖ tanoni.
Tanoni, v.i. 1. Be sprained. Kua tanoni toku waewae. ‖ tanoi.
2. Turn aside.
Tanu. 1. v.t. Bury. I tanumia ki roto ki nga hutinga huruhuru manu (T. 95).
2. Plant. Pu te hue, tanu te hue, tupu te hue (M. 388).
3. Smother with. Tanumia ana nga kanohi o Tuwhakararo ki te oneone (T. 40).
4. v.i. Lie buried. A mate noa iho ki reira, kei reira ano e tanu ana (T. 78).
‖ tanumi.
Tanuku, v.i. 1. Crumble down. Ko Maunga-nui ka tanuku ki raro (M. 135).
2. Swallow. E tanuku ana te korokoro i te wehi.
3. Be strained. Kia tupato kei tanuku to tuara.
whakatanuku, v.t. Swallow. Horo ai kia whakatanukutia i te korokoro (S. 124). No te whakatanukutanga o te korokoro ka awhea mai e te hau o roto o te riu (T. 153).
Tānumi, v.t. Fold double. ‖ numi.
Tanumi, v.t. Disappear behind an object. Kua tanumi ki tua.—Tangi haere ana nga tai, ka tanumi, o Papanui ra. (M. 389). ‖ numi.
Tānga (i). 1. v.i. Be assembled. Tanga kau nga tamariki a Rewa.
2. n. Row, tier.
3. Division, company, relay, of persons. Ka wehea ano hoki tetahi tanga o ratou hei here manu (W. iii, 69). Haere tonu atu te taanga o mua (T. 193). Ko nga iwi tera nana i awhina a Ngati Raukawa, i ora ai i a Te Ati Awa, i a Ngati Ruanui, me tetahi tanga o Ngati Toa (W.M. ix, 33). Tanga whenua, people of the place. Katahi te tanga whenua ka rora i a ia.—Titiro tonu te tanga whenua (J. ii, 148).
4. In the term tāngā-kai, crop of a bird. Tānga (ii). ‖ tā (i), (ii).
Tanga.—
tatanga, a. 1. Alert, prompt, ready. Me whakarite rawa nga hoe kia rite rawa, kia tatanga ai tatou te puta ki waho (T. 169).
2. Ready to hand. Waiho i konei kia tatanga ai mo te tango ake.
3. Complaint. Hei poapoa tonu mo Kahu kia tatanga mai ai.
tangatanga, a. 1. Loose, not tight. Ngati Awa, te toki tē tangatanga i te ra (P. 76). Ka tangatanga nga pou o te whare.
2. Easy, comfortable. Tohungia tou kakahu kia tangatanga ai tou noho i te wahi matoru (P.).
3. Free from pain. Ko toku tinana ka tangatanga; kei oku waewae anake te mamae.
4. Alert. Kia tu tangatanga i te riri.
whakatangatanga, v.t. 1. Loosen, release from restraint. E timata ana te hoe, e whakatangatanga ana te tangata i a ia.
2. Endeavour to loosen or disengage. Ka mau nga ringa o te teina, whakatangatanga noa; kihai i riro ake te punga (M.M. 185).
Tāngaengae, n. 1. Umbilical cord.
2. Crop of a bird. He kuku tangaengae nui, he parera apu paru (P. 19). ‖ tangai.
3. Prostration, exhaustion. ‖ ngae (iii).
4. An incantation to confer vigour. He tu pure, he tohi, he tua kaha mo te riri, he tangaengae kia hopu tangata ai, me era atu mahi.—Kaore au e mohio ki te karakia maori, tangaengae ki te piki maunga. This is possibly the sense of the refrain of the tua charms (M. 75–78).
5. In the expression tangaengae o te rua, the most sacred part of a canoe.
Tangaere, v.i. Wander, stray.
Tāngahangaha, tāngāngā, n. 1. Pseudolabrus celidotus, spotty; a fish (Rau.). He karo ra i tu mai kia wawe ia te kite, kia riro i a koe te tangahangaha nei. = pakirikiri.
2. Pseudolabrus pittensis, banded parrot fish (Po.).
Tangai, n. 1. Bark, peel. Kei kona e tanu ana, takaia ki te karukaru, ki te tangai manuka kei waho.
2. Cervical vertebrae.
3. Crop of a bird. He kuku tangai nui (P. 15). ‖ tangaengae.
Tānga-ika. ‖ tā (i).
Tānga-kai, n. Crop of a bird. ‖ tānga (i).
Tanganei, ad. But now, but as for this. = tena ko tenei.
Tāngāngā (i). 1. a. Loose, not tight. Tena ko te hopu a te ringa whero e kore e tanganga (P. 86).
2. n. Stragglers, camp followers. Hoko-whitu te iho o te taua; ma te tanganga ka rau.
Tāngāngā (ii) = tangahangaha.
– 379 –
Tāngangao, v.i. Subside. Ka tangangao te ngaru. ‖ ngao.
Tāngange, a. Limp, drooping. He hanga tangange kino te uri o te Pakake (M. 174).
Tangara, a. 1. Loose, slack.
2. Unencumbered. Tangara kau ano tana rerenga o te tangata ra, tau rawa atu ki te wai.
tāngarangara, v.i. Wobble.
Tāngare, a. Angry. ‖ ngare (ii).
whakatāngarengare, v.i. Grow angry.
Tangariki, n. An inferior kind of floor mat. He takapau kikino; ko aua takapau, he tangariki, he rangatu, he takitaki.
Tangaroa, n. 1. The moon from the twenty-third to twenty-sixth nights, varying some-what in different districts; the nights are distinguished as Tangaroa mua, Tangaroa roto, Tangaroa kiokio, and Tangaroa whakapau respectively. Kei hea te marama? He Tangaroa a mua, he pau te Korekore (M. 392).
2. A variety of eel.
Tangarua, v.t. — Mokai ra, e, te ngakau tonui tonu ki te waitau, tē tangaruatia e au (S. 35).
Tangata, n. 1. Man, human being. (Pl. tāngata.) He tangata ano i reira, ko nga tangata whenua ake ano o tenei motu (T. 123). Ka patai atu ia, “E kui! he tangata mate koe?” Tangata tawhito, Porphyrio melanotus, swamp hen. = pukeko.
2. Serf, slave. Ko nga tangata o enei kainga katoa, me waiho hei hunga mo tatou, hei tangata hoki.
whakatangata. 1. v.t. Assume human shape. Anana! kua whakatangata taua manu (T. 16).
2. v.i. Become adult. Ka tupu nei a Tutanekai ratou ko ona tuakana, ka whakatangata (T. 130). Tangatakimōrī, a. Small, insignificant. Kahore i tangatakimori te putanga mai o taua hau. = tatakimori.
Tangetange. 1. pt. Consumed, exhausted. Kua tangetange noa atu nga kai.
2. ad. Forthwith. Ka kai nei taua maia nei, ano ka makona tangetange, katahi ka mate wai ia (W. v, 57). Tu tangetange, start up out of order in a meeting, interrupting others.
Tangeao = tangeo.
Tāngehe, a. Soft, pliant. ‖ ngehe.
Tāngengangenga, a. Loose, not firmly fixed.
Tāngenge, a. Feeble. Ko te mea maroro ka haere mai, ko te mea tangenge ka waiho atu (W. iii, 98). ‖ ngenge.
Tangeo, tangeao. 1. n. Litsaea calicaris, a tree.
2. a. Acrid. Tangeo tonu te taro nei.
Tangere. 1. n. Keel, of a canoe, etc.
2. fig. Chief.
3. a. Partly filled. = takere.
Tangi. 1. v.i. Sound, give forth a sound, cry, of things animate or inanimate. Ka tangi te wharauroa, ko nga karere a Mahuru (P.44). E tangi he pu i nga po katoa, ko au tena (T. 131). Whakarongo ki te tai e tangi haere ana (M. 47).
2. Weep, utter a plaintive cry, sing a dirge, as a sign of grief or of affection. Katahi ka aue te matua ki te tangi (Pi. 135, 3). Haere ana te wahine ra ki tahaki tangi ai (T. 83). Kia ata tangi tatou kei rongo mai aku hoa (T. 97).
3. Fret, cry. He tangi ta te tamariki (P. 27).
4. Salute, weep over. Ka haere mai a Rehua kia tangi, na, tangi makuware ana a Rehua (T. 33).
5. Resound. Tangi ana te patu (W. iv, 177). Tangi ana te umere (T. 160).
6. v.t. Mourn. Ko wai tou tangata hei tangi i a koe? (T. 40).
7. Cry for. He tangi kai tou? (M. 49).
8. n. Sound. Te tangi o nga pu a Tutanekai (T. 130).
9. Lamentation, mourning, dirge. Katahi ka whakahuatia iho e te tungane tana tangi (T. 34). Tangi atahu, love spell. Tangi tawhiti, an incantation or spell.
whakatangi, v.t. Cause to sound. Ka whakatangi au i taku koauau (T. 76).
tatangi. 1. v.i. Jingle, rattle. Ka whakarongo ake te tuahine ki nga iwi o te tungane e tatangi ana i runga i te whare (T. 40).
2. Gurgle. E tatangi kau ake nei te korokoro (M. 86).
3. n. Gahnia lacera, a sedge, cutty grass. whakatangitangi. 1. a. Applied to the largest and final wedge used in splitting a tree, ora whakatangitangi.
2. n. Metrosideros scandens, a tree.
3. v.t. Cajole, appeal to sympathy of.
4. n. Wooden striker used in tattooing.
Tangiharau. ‖ karoro.
Tangiharuru, n. Half-grown koheru fish.
Tangihua. — To uru i panipania ki te wai tangihua, (M. 226).
Tangita, v.i. Lie. E tangita mai ra.
Tangiwai, n. 1. A transparent variety of greenstone, jade. Ka mau ki te taringa taku koko tangiwai (S.). Chapman (Tr. xxiv) gives kokotangiwai and makatangiwai as synonyms or varieties; but this is probably an error on the part of his informants. ‖ koko (v), maka (ii).
Tangiweto, v.i. Fret, cry, as a child.
Tango. 1. v.t. Take up, take hold of, take in the hand; used with either i or ki. Ka tango ia i tetehi hua o taua rakau, ka panga iho (T. 16). Ka tango tetehi ki te maipi, me tetehi, na ka tango hoki a Hatupatu ki te maipi (T. 97).
2. Take; this and the following uses being with i only. Ka tango ia i ona whanaunga,
– 380 –
me a ratou mea ki roto ki o ratou ringa; ka haere ratou i te po (T. 19).
3. Take possession of, acquire. Katahi ka mahara kia tango maminga ia i taua kainga (T. 79).
4. Take in hand, attempt. Ka tango te tuatahi, tē taea e ia; ka tango te tuarua, te taea e ia; te tuatoru, me te tuawha, me te tuarima; a, na te tuarima ka taea (M. iv). Tango mahara, form a resolution, determine. Ka tango mahara ia, ka whawhai mai ki ona tuakana (T. 12).
5. Take away, remove. Tangohia te puru o te whatitoka, o te matapihi (T. 47). Tango-tū, the removal of a woman by her tribe from her husband or lover to give her to another. He hungeingei te take o te tango-tu.
6. ad. Followed by atu or ake, then, next. Ka ngaro nga peke, tango atu ko te uma (T. 30). Ka ngaro te ihu, ka taea te taingawai o te ihu, tango atu ki te taingawai o waenga (T. 72). Ka ngaro katoa, te ihu, tango ake ki te taingawai (M. ix).
7. n. Handle of a large spoon-shaped landing net used for taking kahawai.
tangohanga, n. 1. Circumstance, etc., of taking. Tangohanga atu ki nga ringaringa o Tama-te-kapua (T. 77).
2. Betrothal, marriage.
3. Feast on occasion of a betrothal or marriage.
4. Acquisition of wealth. He mahi kai, he tangohanga, he aha, he aha, kia tupu ai te pai (T. 12).
tatango, v.t. Snatch one from another. E tatango ana nga tamariki i te kakahu.
tangotango. 1. v.t. Handle, have recourse to, use. Tena tangotangohia etahi o a koutou karakia (T. 158).
2. n. Rail of a fence.
3. Part of a taratahi kite, probably the stiffening rod. Ka whatu manu taratahi mana, he mea whakarite tonu nga tangotango mo tetahi taha, mo tetahi taha, ara mo nga paihau, ko te tangotango rahi mo waenganui.
4. a. Intensely dark, applied to po; usually written in one word. ‖ potango, potangotango. Tāngongangonga. — Tangongangonga te papa i Huanako (M. 247).
Tangongi, v.i. Turn aside.
tangongitanga, n. Divergence. He iwi ano, ko tona reo, ko tona reo, nga tangongitanga o nga reo.
‖ takoki, tanoni.
Tāngōngō, a. Thoroughly ripe or cooked, soft.
‖ tangoungou.
Tangoro, tāngorongoro, a. 1. Loose.
2. Not distended, not full. Tangorongoro noa te kete nei.
3. Having the skin loosened, blistered. Ka tangorongoro a roto o toku rekereke.
‖ koro.
Tāngorungoru, a. Thoroughly ripe or cooked soft. ‖ ngorungoru, ngoungou.
Tango-tū. ‖ tango.
Tāngoungou, a. Thoroughly ripe. ‖ ngoungou, tangongo.
Tanguru (i). 1. a. Deep-toned, gruff. He reo tanguru.—Ko ana tanguru mai ki tona takotoranga (N.M. i, 48).
2. n. Chlorochiton suturalis, a large green beetle.
3. Rushing rapid of water. Kai roto i te kopia, ka ngunguru te wai, na reira i kiia he tanguru.
whakatanguru, v.i. Murmur. Kuaka hoki ra e whakatangurutia (M.N. i. 29).
Tanguru (ii). 1. n. Olearia furfuracea and O. albida, small trees. Tanguru rake, a similar species, or the same altered by growing at high altitudes.
2. a. — Kua putuputu nga kawei o te hue, i ia ra, i ia ra, kua tanguru. Poroporo tanguru, Solanum aviculare, a plant.
Tāngutu. 1. n. Large block of firewood. Tikina atu he tangutu mo to tatou ahi. ‖ Fu., To., Sa., taguru, block of timber, stump of a tree.
2. a. Large; possibly only of a fire. He mea aki nui tonu i nga wahie ki runga ki te ahi, koia te ahi tangutu.—Tikina, e hika, ki te ahi tangutu.—Tikina, e hika, ki te ahi tangutu, hei rangirangi ake ano mo tenei hanga (S.).
tāngutungutu, a. 1. Large.
2. Strong.
‖ ngutungutu.
Tao (i), n. Spear, about 6 ft. long. Ka mahara a Manaia kia tuturia he tangata hei ohu waru mo ana tao (T. 117). He tao ki, e kore e taea te karo; he tao rakau, ka taea ano te karo (P. 106). Tao-roa, long spear, 12 ft. to 18 ft. in length. Kia tangohia atu i te mata o te taoroa (M. 128). Tao kaihuia, bird spear: = maiere. Tao-tahi, single-pointed spear, for eels.
Tao (ii). —
tatao, n. 1. Second person slain in a fight. He pekenga hoki to Patukarihi i te ihu o tetehi o nga waka, ka tamarahi, “Kai a au te tatao!” (J. ii, 46).
2. Sometimes the third person slain. Ka hinga i a ia te matangohi, a ka hokia e Toa-rangatira; a, i a ia te tapiri; katahi ka reia e Te Tiwai, a, i a ia te tatao (W. iv, 95).
3. Support, second in a duel. = piki.
4. Younger brother or sister of a first-born child. E hia ou tatao? (How many younger brothers and sisters have you?) Puta tonu, ki waho ta taua tamahine, ko Ponui-a-hine; tatao ki muri, he wahine ano (W.M. xii, 202).
taotao, n. = tatao, 4, above. Ka whanau te tama ko Kahutia-te-rangi; taotao ki muri, ko Rongouaroa.
– 381 –
Tao (iii). 1. v.t. Cook in a native oven. Ka patua nga kuri e rua, kotahi i taona (T. 112).
2. v.i. Be in process of cooking. Ka tao te hangi tapu (T. 173).
whakatao, v.t. Heat a native oven. Whakataona ta tatou umu.
tatao, v.i. Remain a long time in the process of cooking. Te tatao o te umu nei; te hukea.
Tao (iv), v.t. Weigh down. Tao waka, ballast, loading of a canoe. Ka tu taua ki runga te tao waka (M. 49).
tatao. 1. v.i. Lie flat and close. E kai o mata ki te kohu ka tatao i waho i te moana (S. 10).
2. Droop. Ka tatao te tuara; ka mate.
3. a. Deep. Kia tatao tonu te ono o te kapura.
taotao. 1. n. A lattice of rods or vine stems to retain in place the thatch of a roof. Ka pau te whakamoe ki roto te whare taotao (M.M. 176).
2. A charm for the purpose of allaying a storm at sea. Te taotao kei runga, te taotao, e Rangi, te whanatu taku taotao nei (M. 156).
3. v.t. Render the sea smooth by means of a charm as above.
Tao (v).—
tatao, v.i. Bleed at the nose. Ka tatao taku ihu–E tama, he ihu tatao koe.
Tao (vi) = taua, pron. 1st per. dual. (Ngi.) Tao ka haere.
Tao (vii), taotao, n. A canoe of a particular shape. Grey refers the expression tao waka (M. 49) to this sense, but the explanation given under tao (iv) has the support of other Polynesian dialects.
Taoi, a. Restless, eager.
Taokete, n. 1. A man's brother-in-law or other male connection by marriage. Ka karanga mai a Manaia, “Taku taokete, e puta ki waho” (T. 92).
2. A woman's sister-in-law or other female connection by marriage. Used also of the relation between a woman and other wives of her husband. Ka ki atu te waha o Tinirau ki a Hine-te-iwaiwa, “Kia ata tu i ou taokete” (Tr. vii, 50).
Tāoki, v.i. Rest, cease. Kaore e taoki te mahi. ‖ oki.
Taomatua, n. The ceremony of assigning heaps of food at a feast to various parties of visitors.
Taonga, n. Property, anything highly prized. Ko te whiwhi i te taurekareka, i te taonga, i te rawa ranei o te pa horo (M. Ixxxi). Ko to te tangata maori taonga nui tenei, te haka, mo te manuhiri (T. 145). Kihai i wareware ki tana mea i kitea ai hei taonga mona, ara hei whakakite mai ki ia tangata, ki ia tangata (T. 178). ‖ tao (iv).
Taopaka, v.t. Cook for a long time. Ko nga hua o te tawa ka kohia, ka taopakatia ki te imu.
Taopīpī = tāpipi, n. Small oven.
Taopuku. 1. v.t. Cook anything wrapped up in leaves, etc.
2. n. Leaves in which food is wrapped for cooking.
Tāore, n. A small species of mussel (Mytilus).
Tāoro (i), v.i. 1. Respond. Nga ngaru ka taoro i waho o nga rae (W. v, 59).
2. Be spread abroad, as a report. E taoro ana nga mahi o tawhiti hei huna mo koutou (M. 50).
‖ oro (ii), paoro.
Tāoro (ii), v.t. Cause to crumble down. I taoroa atu te maunga o te hauauru, ka tairite tonu ki te moana (M. 241).
tāorooro, v.i. Crumble away. Ka tae ke i te puke taorooro ai Ohawe kia papa tairite (S. 97).
Taoroa. ‖ tao (i).
Tāoru. 1. a. Soft, yielding. Taoru kau ana te puku. 2. v.i. Suppurate, become rotten.
tāoruora, a. Boggy.
Taotahi (i). ‖ tao (i).
Taotahi (ii), v.i. Recite genealogy in a single line of descent. Kaore au e pai ki te taotahi i aku whakapapa, me ata whakamoe ano ka pai ai au.
Taotū. 1. a. Wounded. Ko Rongouaroa anake te morehu, i ora taotu, ngoki ai ki roto ki te ururua takoto ai.
2. n. Wounded man. Tokoono i mate rawa; tokotoru nga taotu.
Taowaka. ‖ tao (iv, vii).
Taowaru, n. Carving design. Ka riro te manaia, ka riro te taowaru, e taka i raro na i a Apanui e.
Tāpā, tāpāpā, v.t. Pulverise soil. Me te mara tapa te moana.–Ka oti te mara te pahika muri iho ka tapapatia.
tāpā, a. Chapped. Ka tapatia te hiako. ‖ raupa.
Tapa (i), n. 1. Margin, edge. Kihai i hukea te umu, engari he mea ketu i te tapa Tapa wha, four-sided. Tapa o te kuha, groin.
2. Cut, split.
3. Pudenda muliebria.
4. Karakia for bewitching. Ka maka atu e Maia ko te hura ko te kote, ko te tapa ko te matawha, ka maka atu ko te turipu, kamate a Uenuku i a Maia.
tapatapa, n. Groin. Kaore i whanau mai i roto i te tara o tona kuia, i whanau ke mai ma te tapatapa.
‖ tapahi.
Tapa (ii), v.t. 1. Call, name. Koia i tapaa ai toku ingoa i te iwi nei ko Tatau (T. 46). Kapatau i kai au i te umu o to tapanga (A delicate way of asking a person's name).
2. Command, give the word for. Ma te wahine e tapa te whana o te riri.
– 382 –
3. Recite. Ka tapaia te ngeri to e Rauaniki-ao (W.M. xii, 202).
tapatapa. 1. v.t. Call an article by the name of anyone, for the purpose of conferring some sanctity upon it, or of insulting the bearer of the name. He ingoa nui koa te ingoa o te here a ta raua tane, he ingoa tangata, he ito ki a ia, koia i tapatapaia ai hei ingoa mo tana here (Pi. 175, 4). Ka tapatapa a Whiro i te ingoa o Hua ki te waka nei (W. ii, 15).
2. Recite charms, etc. Kei muri au ka tapatapa ai, “Toia te waka,” etc. (W. ii, 15).
3. n. Set form of words, incantation: as tapatapa kumara, for planting kumara. Tāpae. 1. v.t. Lay one on another, stack. Ma wai e tapae nga roi.
2. Place before a person, present. Ka tapaetia te tapae, “Nga roimata-o-Ngati-Raukawa” (Tr. xxvii, 598). Tapaea he kai ma te manuhiri.
3. Invest, surround, lie in wait for.
4. Lie in a slanting position or across.
5. n. Present. ‖ under 2, above. Tapae toto, a present made in connection with the death of a chief. Ka hoatu ki a koe te kai-taka me te pounamu, hei whakanui i te ingoa o tera kua mate nei; he ritenga tenei e kiia he tapae toto (W.M. xiii, 49).
6. Ambuscade. A, ka puta taua kaikawe putea, ka kitea e nga tapae (W. iii, 123).
7. a. Transverse. Whare tapae, house with a door in the side. Ka tomo ki te whare o tona tipuna, he whare tapae. Umu tapae, an oven used at the tohi ceremony for males.
‖ pae, kopae.
Tapaharakeke, n. Variety of eel.
Tapahau, v. — Katahi ano tera ka tapa i tona waka ka kawa, ka whakatapahau.
Tāpahi, v.i. Grin, distort the countenance. E. tata tapahi; e roa te whakatu (P.).
Tapahi, v.t. Cut, chop. Ka tapahia te arero, ka motu (T. 42). Tapahia ki te toki, kia hinga kite wai (T. 64). Niho tapahi, incisor tooth.
tapatapahi, v.t. Cut to pieces. Ko nga waka katoa me tapatapahi nga kaha (T. 169).
‖ tapa (i).
Tāpahipare, n. Male of kikimutu (Acanthisitta chloris).
Tāpahu, n. A cloak of dogskin, often used as a war cloak. He tapahu no Irawaru.
Tāpai, n. The part of a net which is first put into the water. Kia whiti atu te tapai ki ko.
Tapairu. 1. n. First-born female in a family of rank, who was invested with special tapu.
2. Sometimes applied to other female infants. Hei whakatupu tangaengae mo te tapairu nei (M. 78).
3. Nephew or niece.
4. Senecio kirkii, a shrub.
5. a. In the term kai tapairu, sacred food to be eaten only by an ariki in eldest line of descent. Kaitoa, nana i kai te kai tapairu.
Tāpaki. 1. n. Mats or leaves on which food is laid in a native oven. Ka kohia ki te tapaki nga kai (T. 173).
2. Supplemented steer-oar. Ka whakaturia nga kaimau o nga hoe, ko Taiwawana ki te piripiri, ko Taearopuke ki te tapaki.
3. Crack lice with the fingernails. ‖ hapaki. Tapakō, v.i. Descend suddenly, swoop down. Ka whakahorohoro a Ruatapu i tana manu taratahi, te tapakotanga tau ana ki runga ki te whare o tona matua o Uenuku (W.M. xiii, 133).
Tapakuri, n. Basket. (R.)
Tāpākūwhā, n. 1. Present given by a bridegroom to the bride's relations.
2. Woman introduced into a family by marriage.
Tapanihi, v.i. 1. Go stealthily. Tapanihitia to tatou haere, kei kitea.
2. Go on one side. Tapanihi atu ma te taha o te wai na.
‖ nihi.
Tapanui, n. 1. A pattern of carving.
2. A species of mussel.
Tāpāpā. ‖ tāpā.
Tāpapa. 1. v.i. Stoop. Kia tapapa te haere.
2. Lie flat.
3. Brood, sit, of a bird. E tapapa nei te manu i runga i nga hua.
4. n. Boards in which fine flax fibre was pressed. He tapapa ti kumu i whiwhi ai taku ringa (M. 173).
5. A variety of potato.
6. a. Applied to a fat well-grown rat. He kiore tapapa.
Tapapahu, a. Huddled up. Noho tapapahu me te kereru ki runga ki te rakau.
Tapape, v.i. Trip, make a false step. Ki te haere koe i te pari, ki te tapape to waewae, ka taka koe. ‖ tapepa, pape.
Tāpara (i), n. and v.t. Desire. Mau ano te tinana, maku te ata o te tapara kau atu (P. 66).
Tāpara (ii), n. A wooden instrument for cultivation (? transliteration of shovel; ‖ hapara). Ka haere a Maui ki te ngahere ki te mahi tao, ki te mahi ko, ki te mahi tapara; a keria ana e ia te awa keri (W. ii, 76).
Taparahi. 1. a. Violent, blustering. Ka wehe atu ano i te kupu taparahi (S. ii, 19).
2. A vigorous, ceremonialhaka.
Tāpāraro, n. North wind.
Tāparepare, v.i. Be bounded, be enclosed. Tuturu o turi kia hangai tonu te poro o te pou nei ki te tapareparetanga o to poho. ‖ taupare.
Taparenga, v.t. 1. Muzzle. Taparengatia te waha o te kuri.
2. Tie up, secure. Ka pau te awaiho e koe i te whare, i te ruru taparenga, i te ruru whakakaia (M. 130).
– 383 –
Taparere, pt. Cut short, truncated. Kei te taparerenga o te pari (On the perpendicular face of the cliff). A e to ra te tahataha, A e to ra te taparere (haka).
Tāaru, v.t. 1. Join, add. Taparu iho, taparu iho nga tahua o te kai.
2. Eat voraciously. Kaua e taparua te kai.
Taparua, n. 1. A receptacle for kumara, used in the pure ceremony. It was square in shape, woven of strips of flax, with loops (kawai) on the edges, and the sides were drawn together by means of a cord threaded through the loops. Ko Hinekukutirangi e raranga ana i te taparua mo te amohanga ki tana tane, ara mo te pure.
2. A covered basket for food.
Taparuru, a. Slow, dawdling. Aua e taparurutia te haere.
Tapatahi. 1. a. Single-fold. He kakahu tapatahi.
2. Having one aspect, single.
3. n. A small basket of toetoe leaves for holding fish. E rua tapatahi inanga, ka hoatu ena ki te aroaro o Kahu ratou ko ona hoa tohunga.
Tapātai, n. Seashore. Kei te tapatai e tupu ana.–Nana i kimi atu ki tapatai o Hawaiki (M. 329). ‖ tapa (i).
Tapātiu, tapatapātiu, n. West-north-west wind.
Tapatapauma, n. 1. Coprosma australis, a shrub.
2. Griselinia littoralis, a tree.
Tāpatu (i), v.t. 1. Thatch, cover in a roof. Kei te tapatu a Pakai i tona whare.
2. Cover. Ka haere a Takarita ki te tiki whariki hei tapatu kumara.
tāpatupatu, v.t. Place in layers, lay one on another.
‖ patu, 9.
Tāpatu (ii), tāpatupatu, v.t. Beat, strike, make repeated blows.
Tapatu, v.i. 1. Come down to a lower level. Kia tapatu ki raro, ka tahuri ai ki te tunu Kai.–Toia ra te waka tapatu ki te moana (M. 264).
2. Flow down. Koia te tota ka tapatu ki roto o te kanohi. = tapotu.
3. Stumble, falter.
Tāpau (i), n. Mat to lie on. ‖ takapau.
Tāpau (ii), n. Myrsine australis, a tree. = mapau.
Tapau. — Koi tapau ki te ahi (M. 417).
? = tapou.
Tapawaha, n. Tattooing on the cheek. Puru te waha, toretore o te tapawaha (M. 249).
Tapawha. ‖ tapa (i).
Tapeha (i), a. 1. False.
2. Crooked.
whakatapeha. 1. v.t. Falsify, pervert. I whakatapehatia ketia e ia te ahua o nga korero.
2. Give the lie to. I whakatapehatia ra e te Mokena a Matete; i kiia ra te arero, he arero taiaha.
3. v.i. Bend, turn at sharp angles. E whakatapeha ana nga manga o te rakau.
Tapeha (ii), n. Rind, bark, skin. He mea tihore te tapeha o te tuna. peha (i).
Tāpeka. 1. v.t. Swathe, pass a garment, etc., round the limbs. Ko nga weruweru, he mea tapeka i runga i te kaki (Their clothes were rolled round their necks–for freedom of the limbs in walking) (T. 146). Ka tae ki te puha, ka tapekatia i raro o te kuha maui. The word is used of wearing two war mats tied so as to enclose the trunk, leaving the limbs free.
2. a. Entwined, crossed, as the limbs. Kia tapeka nga waewae.
Tapeka. 1. v.i. Turn aside. Kotahi te wahi i tapekatia.–Kauaka te manuhiri e tapeka mai ki konei (M. 230).
2. a. False, erroneous.
peka.
Tāpeke, v.t. Climb a tree with the assistance of a looped cord for the feet and another cord passing behind the stem held in the hands.
Tapeke, v.i. 1. Be gone or come, leaving none behind. Kua tapeke atu nga tangata.
2. Total. Ka huihui nga iwi katoa o Waikato, tapeke rawa ake kotahi mano topu (W. v, 40).
‖ peke, rupeke.
Tāpena, v.t. Insult or irritate an atua by passing food over a person who is tapu. Ko wai te tohunga i tapenatia e koe ki nga kai na? Tapepa, v.i. Totter, falter, stumble. Kua tapepa te waewae; meake hinga. Used also of halting or error in reciting charms, etc. Otira he korero ahua tapepa te korero reo kehua a taua tohunga.–Ma tou tapepa noa ka pono te aitua ki a koe (W. iv, 139). ‖ pepa, tapape, tapepe.
Tapepe, v.i. 1. Slip, stumble. Ko te wahi tehei e tapepea nei.
2. Make a mistake in repeating a karakia.
3. Speak indistinctly or inarticulately. He reo tapepe.
Tapere. 1. n. District (obsolete). Te tapere nui o Whatonga. ‖ Rar., tapere, district; Ta., relaxation.
2. n. Red volcanic earth.
3. a. In the expression whare tapere, house in which the members of the hapu met for amusement, etc. Mo to haerenga atu ki nga whare tapere (M. 58). The term is used also of the assembly in the house. Ka huihui nga whare tapere (T. 131).
Tāperu, v.i. Pout. He aha nga ngutu o te wahine e taperu mai na? ‖ peru.
Tāpetupetu, v.i. Dispute.
Tāpi, v.t. Apply, as dressings to a wound. Ka haere te wahine ki te rama ika, ka hoki mai
– 384 –
ki uta, ka whawhati i nga rau otaota, ka tunu ki te ahi, katahi ka tāpi ki nga waewae hai whakaora i ona waewae i te ngaunga a te kohatu.
Tāpi. 1. n. Native oven.
2. v.t. Cook. E kore koe e whakama, he wahine tapi kai koe.
tāpīpī, n. Small native oven. = tāopīpī.
Tapi (i), v.t. Patch, mend, repair. Tapia to tatou waka.
tapitapi. 1. v.t. Get together the remains of a scattered army.
2. n. Alectryon excelsum, a tree. = titoki.
Tapi (ii), tapitapi, v.t. Find fault with, chide. Heoti ka tapia e nga tane, ka mate te wahine i te whakama (Pi. 135, 3). I tapitapia ahau e te tangata ra.
Tapi (iii). n. Forelock of a man's hair painted with red ochre. Hence Tapi o Makahuri, the bloom of the rata tree.
Tāpia, n. Tupeia antarctica, a semiparasitic plant.
Tāpihapiha, n. 1. Blow-holes of a whale.
2. Gills of a fish.
‖ piha.
Tapiki. 1. v.t. Lay hold of. Katahi ka tapikitia e ia tana aho (T. 21).
2. Bind into a sheaf or bundle.
3. v.i. Be entangled. Ka tapiki te kupenga.
4. Bend, as the leg in stepping over anything. Tapiki tou waewae ki tua o te rakau na.
5. Turn in, be reversed, of the ends of the io threads in the remu of a superior cloak; also of the threads of the taniko border. Kia patua a Te Kiato hai whakanoa i te tapikitanga o tona kakahu.
6. a. Doubled over. Niho tapiki, a tooth overriding another. Ka kitea nga kikokiko o Tutunui e mau ana i ona niho, he niho tapiki hoki tona niho (T. 39).
7. n. Sheaf, bundle.
8. Entrails of fish. (R.)
Tāpiko, v.t. 1. Bend anything, as the whana, or spring, of a trap. I he te tapikotanga o te tawhiti.
2. Set a trap or snare.
Tāpīpī. ‖ tapī.
Tāpiri. 1. v.t. Join, add, append, supplement.
2. n. Anything added or appended.
3. Vigorous shoot growing up beside the main stem of a plant. Ka tupu nga ta pirio te karaka nei.
4. Assistant.
5. Second person killed in a battle. Ka hinga i a ia te matangohi; a, ka hokia e Toa-rangatira; a, i a ia te tapiri (W. iv, 95). ‖ tao (ii).
6. a. Additional, supplemental. Hoe tapiri, supplemental steer-oar. Niho tapiri, an extra tooth appearing before the loss of the first tooth. E tapiri ana te niho.
7. In the term moko tapiri, Hoplodactylus pacificus, a gecko. = moko pāpā.
tāpiripiri, n. A parasitic plant.
‖ piri.
Tāpoa (i), n. Abscess. Kainga ana nga pirau o te tapoa o Uenuku e te kuri a Tama-te-kapua (M. vi).
Tāpoa (ii), v.t. Smother with smoke. Haere i uta kia tapoaina ki te ahi rarauhe (P. 11). Tapoaina te rua kumara kia mate ai nga kiore. ‖ poa (ii).
Tāpohe, tāpohepohe, v.t. Violatetapu, in respect of a person, place, food, etc. Mehemea ka tapoheria te imu tapu, na ka mate.
Tāpoi, v.i. Be travelled round. Kua tapoi i a au te motu nei. ‖ Tik., Ni., poi, go, run.
Tāpōkere, v.t. Crowd with workmen. Tapokeretia mai ta taua mara kia awe te oti.
Tapoko. 1. v.i. Go in, enter. Ka pari te tai, katahi ka manu, a ka tapoko ki Hauraki (T. 189).
2. Sink in mire. Ko te paheke, ko te tapoko (M. lxxix).
3. n. Valley. Wairoa tapoko rau (P.).
whakatapoko, v.t. Cause to enter, turn a canoe into a port. Katahi ka whakatapoko ki roto i Te Awaiti (T. 109).
tāpokopoko, a. 1. Soft, boggy.
2. Billowy. Te moana tapokopoko a Tawhaki, Tasman Sea (N'Whatua).
Tapona, v. Knot. I taponaia taua ki te tapona tamatahi ki te ruru o te kai i matara wawe ai (N.M. iii, 304). = pona.
Tāpora. 1. v.t. Cookinanga, etc., in small baskets. Kei te tapora i te mataitai hei o ki te taua i Maketu (T. 100). Ko te kekerewai te kinaki o te tahuna, he mea tapora.
2. n. Baskets in which inanga, etc., are cooked. E rua nga tapora paruparu a te tangata nei, pau katoa (T. 190).
3. A coarse floor mat.
4. A fish. ? = inanga. Kai ma te koura, kai ma te kokopu, kai ma te tapora (M. 375).
Tāpore, v.t. Appease, conciliate. E hira koe i a Te Piki, e tapore nei taku manawa (M. 398). ‖ tupore.
Tapore, tāporepore, v.i. 1. Bend, sag, be depressed. Ka tapore nga heke o te whare nel.
2. Become faint. Taporepore ana taku manawa i te hiakai.–E tapore nei taku manawa (My breath fails) (M. 398).
tapore, n. 1. Footprints, depression, as in soft ground.
2. In the expression tapore maro, girdle. Ka ara ake, ka porangi i tona tapore maro; kaore kia kitea, kua huna e Maui.
Tapoti, n. A small receptacle for cooked food. Ka haere ki roto o nga wiwi, toetoe, harakeke, e tika atu nga wahine ki te tiki hei raukai ma te manuhiri, ara hei tapoti, hei kopae, hei rourou, hei waikawa.
Tāpoto (i), n.
– 385 –
Superior varieties of flax. Ka whenutia te taroa hei whenu; ko te tapoto, hei aho tena. = tihore, takiri-kau.
Tāpoto (ii). v.t. Shorten. Te oma aku mata nga motu tu mai Tiritirimatangi kia tapototia (M. 161).
Tapotu, v.i. Reach the bottom of a hill, etc., reach to the ground, be brought down to the water. He kakahu tapotu.–Toia Tainui, tapotu ki te moana (T. 76). Ki te wahi o te rangi i tapotu iho ki te whenua (W. i, 97). Ka tapotu te wahine ra ki roto ki te wai, ka kau (Pi. 135, 3). ‖ tapatu.
tāpotupotu, a. Low-lying. Tapotupotu ana te whenua nei.
Tapoturangi, n. A bird said to be heard at night but never seen. ? = titi.
Tapou, a. 1. Bowed down. Waiho ma te tangata e titiro te tapoutanga o to hope kikokore (M. 354).
2. Dejected, downcast. Te titiro koe, he morehu, kei te tapou tou nga whatu. Tāpouri, a. Obscured, darkened. Kua tapouri te marama. Hinapouri is used for a night when there is no moon.
Tapu. 1. a. Under religious or superstitious restriction; a condition affecting persons, places, and things, and arising from innumerable causes. Anyone violating tapu contracted a hara, and was certain to be overtaken by calamity. As a rule, elaborate ceremonies were necessary to remove tapu and make anything noa. Ka tapu hoki te kainga i a Tawhaki (T. 51). I tapu ai te tane, i waiho nga wahine hei mea noa, hei waha kai (M. lxxviii).
2. Beyond one's power, inaccessible. Toko-wha ona hoa i kainga katoatia e ia; kotahi i tapu, ko Tawhiri (T. 7). Ko te tiketike o nga maunga hei wahawahanga mo nga koiwi, i tapu ai Rotorua (M. 48).
3. Sacred. (mod.)
4. n. Ceremonial restriction, quality or condition of being subject to such restriction. Tena te tapu no Tu (M. 334). No reira i nui ake ai te tapu o nga tane i nga wahine (M. Ixxviii).
taputapu, n. 1. Charm, incantation. Whakarongo mai ra ki a taua nei taputapu (M. 160). Ka whakatika nga tohunga ki mua, ki te ruke atu i a ratou nei taputapu, ara i te karakia maori (T. 158).
2. Goods, property. Ko te Paekura ki to taringa ko Waikanae ki to ringa hei taputapu mohou e hine (N.M. i, 1) (Po.). = taonga.
3. Appliances.
4. Sole of the foot. ‖ tapuwae.
5. In the expression taputapu ariki, a form of aitua caused by persons singing without reason in the marae. ‖ J. vii, 128.
Tāpua, v.i. Stand out, be prominent. Tapua kau ana te toka i a Te Whata (M. 129). Ka tapua ra koe ki te hua o te waero (S.). ‖ taipua.
tāpuapua, a. Lying in pools. Matariki tapuapua (Winter, when pools lie everywhere) (P. 65). ‖ hopua.
Tapuae = tapuwae.
Tapuaka, n. A knot for holding the punga, or anchor, of a canoe: it was a clove hitch secured by knotting the ends over a short rod which was used for lifting the punga.
Tapuhau, n. Calf of the leg. I tu taua kaumatua i te kotaha i te tapuhau o taua waewae.
Tapuhi, v.t. 1. Nurse, carry in the arms. Tapuhitia te tamaiti nei, kei tangi.
2. Tend in sickness or distress. Kei tawhiti taku tapuhitanga i a koe e noho nei.
3. Cherish. Mau e tapuhi hei taonga mau (W.M. 204).
whakatapuhi, v.t. Carry in the arms, nurse, tāpuhipuhi, n. 1. Summit.
2. A kind of platform formed of the topmost branches of trees.
Tāpui. 1. v.t. Set aside, bespeak, reserve, generally by a mark. Ka tapuia iho taua mea mana.
2. Tie in a bundle. E tapuia ana ona uru hei titititanga raukura.
3. Lay in a heap. He mea tapui nga rakau.
4. n. Mark to indicate claim or right to property. Ka waiho te kakahu topuni hai tapui no aua manu.–He tapui tamaka i tau ai (P.).
5. Intimate companion. ‖ takapui.
6. Familiar spirit. Waiho iho ona tapui i reira, he patupaiarehe (T. 80).
Tapuiri, v.t. and n. A ceremony with sacred fire, similar to pure. Ka wahia mai te kauwati, ka homai ki a Tinirau, a ka haere ia ki tatahi ki te tapuiri i te one o te takutai moana (W. ii, 135).
Tāpuke, v.t. Bury, cover with earth. Ka mate tona matua ka tapuketia ki te tara o te whare (Tr. vii, 32).
Tapuke, n. Hillock.
tāpukepuke, a. In hummocks or ridges. Ka titiro ki nga pungarehu e tapukepuke ana (T. 186).
Tapukōrako, n. A bird. ? = toroa. Ano te kiri! me he tapukorako (T. 134).
Tapuku, n. A seabird. (Tahu.)
Tapumaroro. — E tapumaroro koi runga, koi te uira i runga (M. 420).
Tāpuni, v.t. Close up faulty places in a net. Tapunia te kupenga. ‖ puni.
Tāpū, n. Hillock. (Tar.)
Tapurangi, n. A raised platform in the roro of a house or in the marae, used as a reclining place for a chief. Kia whakamoea koe ki runga te tapurangi.—E Mate ma e, hangaa he tapurangi.
– 386 –
Tapureka. v.t. — Ka mea, e koro, ka wewete i to makau, kia tapurekatia, ka waiho i te whare (M. 34).
Tāpuru. 1. v.t. Add, join. = tapiri.
2. a. Clouded over. Kua tapuru te rangi, kaore he huka. ‖ taupuru.
Tāpurupuru, n. Young of Arripis trutta (kahawai fish) in the second stage of development.
Taputere. — Ka whakapono a Whaitiri, ka taputere te karakia (T. vii, 42).
Taputini, n. A variety of kumara.
Tapuwae, tapuae, n. 1. Footmark, footprint. Ka takahi haere atu i o raua tapuae (J. xx, 19). Ka kitea kei nga tapuae o nga wae rakau o Tama (T. 64). Tapuwae kotuku, Gleichenia cunninghamii, a fern; also a pattern in weaving kete, taniko, and tukutuku. Tapuwae pakura, a pattern of tukutuku lattice-work.
2. Footfall, tread. Ka rongo nei a Tama i te haruru o nga tapuae o Ngatoro e haere iho ana (T. 71).
3. Sole of the foot. Ko nga tapuae e ipuipu ana.
4. A charm to insure speed, whether in flight or pursuit. Taku tapuae nei ko Huakinuku, ko Huaki-rangi (M. 132). Kei whea ra to tapuwae nui e horo i te riri? (M. 309).
Taputaweke, n. Some kind of sore.
Tārā, a. In the expression moenga tārā, a marriage union broken by death. Ka tata ra ki mamao he moenga tara te kiri (S.).
Tara (i). 1. n. Point, spike, as a thorn, tooth of a comb, spine in the dorsal fin of a fish or in the tail of a sting-ray, spear, etc. Ka whati tana tara (T. 33). Nga tara-a-whai o Arai-te-Uru (P.). Tara-a-Maui, trifoliolate variety of Pseudopanax crassifolium, a tree.
2. Peak of a mountain. Ra te pukohu tairi ana mai te tara Tautari (S.).
3. Horn of the moon. Ka whati ra, e, te tara o te marama (M. 162).
4. Rays of the sun, shafts of light, appearing before sunrise. Pita rawa mai te tara o te ra, kei runga o Pouarua e haere ana (T. 144).
5. Membrum virile.
6. Courage, mettle. He tangata whai tara a Tuwhakairiora. Tara kore, spiritless, subdued.
7. Papillae on the skin. He makariri ka tutū ou tara (Sh.T. 315).
8. Skewer of greenstone, used for fastening a cloak, or for a pendant. Katahi ka wetekina te hei, te tara, te makao (T. 181).
9. v.i. Wane, of the moon, i.e., throw out horns. E tara kau ana te marama, apopo mate ai.
10. Shoot out rays, as the sun just before rising.
11. Throw out second pair of leaves, after seed leaves, as a gourd; such leaves are called rau tara.
12. v.t. Disturb, ruffle. Na wai i tara ai te wai? (A proverbial expression for causing a discussion.)
13. Affect by incantation. E Whare e, taraa te rangi kia mao ai (W. v, 50).
14. a. Rough. Ua tara, hail.
whakatara, v.t. 1. Challenge, put on one's mettle.
2. Invoke, consult. Ka whakataraa te atua (T. 112). Ko nga ara whakatara, he harakeke no te tatuatanga o taua wahine, waiho tonu iho hei ara whakataki (M. Ixxvii).
3. n. Tattoo marks beside the nose.
tātara, n. 1. A rough cape made from the leaves of kiekie or flax.
2. Charonia capax and C. capax euclioides, conch-shells, used as a wind instrument. = pu-tātara, puputara, tuteure.
3. Fence.
4. A shrub.
5. Certain feathers of the kotuku (white heron). = tātarahake.
6. Ornamental work on the maihi of a rua kumara.
taratara. 1. n. Spine, spike. Taratara o Kal, a pattern of carving and of ornamental weaving.
2. A short stick used in setting a tawhitl trap. ‖ Tr. xli, 247.
3. Stakes of fence.
4. a. Prickly, rough.
5. Barbed. Na Maui-atamai te here i whakataratara te matamata, na reira i mau ai te manu ana werohia ki taua tahere: ko te here a Maui-wareware, kihai i taratara te mata (W. ii, 112).
6. Offensive. Nau koa nge au, atratara rawa a taua mahi (M. 145).
whakataratara, v.t. Make rough, notch, fit with a barb. Ko te whara o te pukaea he mea whakataratara (The mouth of thepukaeawas ornamented with notches). ‖ taratara, 5.
Tara (ii). 1. v.i. Make a buzzing, rattling, or other inarticulate sound; stridulate. Te kihikihi tara ki te waru (Sh.T. 315).
2. v.t. Gossip. Kaore te whakama ki oku korero, e taraa e te ngutu (M. 18). Tara atu koutou i oku korero (M. 139). Korero tara, fable, story.
3. n. Gossip, scandal. E hika ma, whaka-rongo mai ki te tara ka iriwharetia (M. 200). Te tito atu ai koe i tou tara ware (M. 346).
whakatara, v.t. and n. Chaff, banter.
tātara, n. Rattle worn on a dog's neck when hunting kakapo. ‖ kakara.
tatara, a. Rattling, buzzing, making an indistinct sound.
‖ tararau, tarawau.
Tara (iii), n. Sterna striata, tern, and other species; sea birds. Tara iti, S. nereis, called
– 387 –
also tara teo, tara teoteo; tara nui, Hydroprogne caspia; tara kakao, Limosa lapponica baueri = kuaka, godwit; tara punga, Larus novaehollandiae scopulinus, red-billed gull = karehakoa, katate, makora, taketake. Also called tarā punga, which is also applied to Hydropogne caspia. These names are frequently written as single words. Pokai tara, fig., band of chiefs. E kimi ana i te ara i haere ai taku pokai tara ki te tonga (M. 387). Taku pokai tara punga, e tu ki te muriwai o Waipara (M. 111).
Tara (iv), n. Side wall of a house. Ka nunumi, ka tawhe ki te tara o te whare (Tr. vii, 36). Tara nui, the floor space on the right of the alleyway on entering a Maori house, which was regarded as the place of honour, and reserved for guests, the opposite side being termed tara iti or tara o Tawheo. ‖ J. v, 151. Mate tara whare or mate taratara whare, natural death. Ahakoa mate taua, mate tara whare. ‖ pakitara.
Tara (v). 1. v.t. Loosen, separate. Wetea te tau o o kahu, taraa te tau o o korua pueru (M. 296).
2. a. Brisk. Ka tara te karakia, ka ngahau; he tohu ora ki te riri.—Ka tara te riri (The fight is raging). Applied to the peculiar trotting motion of warriors in the unuunu of a war dance. Kia tara te haere.
taranga, n. Separation. Te rokohanga te taranga i a taua ka mihi mamao au ki te iwi raia (M. 17). Waitara, ko te taranga o nga waewae o Turi (T. 113).
tatara, a 1. Loose, untied.
2. Quick, active.
3. Distant. He mea nei te tane ka tatara ki tawhiti (S.).
taratara, v.t. Scatter about. ‖ matara.
Tara (vi). Pudenda muliebria.
Taraawa, n. A fish.
Taraha. —
tarahanga, n. Trap for hawks, etc.; more strictly the actual noose of the trap. Koinei te tarahanga, ko nga mea hei kuhunga mo te upoko o te manu. tāraharaha, n. Trap or snare for hawks, etc. Called by Matthews tarahaha (Tr. xliii, 605).
Tarahae. 1. v.i. Quarrel, bicker. Meheoiea rawa ko Tu-te-mania, ko Tu-t-wheke kei runga kei te rakau e tarahae ana (M. 244).
2. n. Envy.
Tarahaha. ‖ taraha.
Tarahanga (i), n. 1. Fork of a tree.
2. Indentation, saddle of a hill. Ki te tarahanga o Taramakau.
‖ tara (i).
Tarahanga (ii). ‖ taraha.
Tarahau (i), n. A rough cloak of strips of kiekie leaves Ka takaia ki roto o nga tarahau e rua tuaririki (Pi. 126, 2).
Tarahau (ii), v.t. Stretch out, pass forward. I tarahautia kautia te ringaringa ki te waha, kihai i kai.—Tarahaua ana te weruweru ki runga ki a ia, heoi whakahokia ake.—E te hihi o te ra, e kokiri kei runga, e tarahaua, e (S. ii, 20). He upoko kaka no Taurua, no Tamarehe, kei runga te rakau e tarahau ana (S.).
Taraheke, n. 1. Rubus cissoides, and R. australis, bramble, bush lawyer, a plant. Ka rangaa ki te taraheke, ka oti (T. 154). = Taramoa.
2. Olearia spp., trees. = heketara.
tātaraheke, n. = taraheke, as above. He mano ka pangaa ki runga ki te tataraheke (Tr. vii, 36). Also certain feathers of the white heron (kotuku).
‖ tātara, tara (i).
Tarahi, n. 1. Diarrhoea.
2. Light showers. Kaore he ua, he tarahi noa iho. Tarahi huka, light flakes of snow which melt as they fall. Tarahi tonga, light summer showers from the south (Tu.).
Tarahoka, v.t. Make a screen by sticking branches in the ground. Tarahokatia he whare mo tatou, mahauhautia he whare mo tatou mo te po nei, ka ao te ra, ka haere. ‖ hoka.
Tarahono, v.t. Pile up, lay in a heap. Tarahonotia nga kai ki te kainga.
Tarahou, n. Net.
Tārahu. 1. v.t. Heat a native oven. Tarahuna te tapi.
2. n. Native oven.
Tārai (i), tārei, taratarai, v.t. Dress, shape, fashion, particularly of working timber with an adze. Te maunga atu ki te toki ka tarai ano i te waka ra (T. 51). Te wahine nana i hari mai te wai pounamu hei taratarai atu i te poupou.—Ka taraia te kaheru (T. 7). He kowhatu topuku tonu, he mea tarei ki te kiripaka. Used of dressing the hair. Ka mea atu a Kahungunu ki to ratou tohunga kia taraia tona mahunga.—Ka huaina taua puke ko Te-tarai-o-Rahiri, i tarataraia hoki tona matenga, ara i herua. Toki tārai, stone adze for dressing timber.
Tārai (ii), n. Basket for fern root. Ka rua tekau nga tarai roi.
Taraia, n. A mollusc.
Taraiho, n. Heart of a tree. = tarauho. ‖ iho.
Taraire, n. Beilschmiedia tarairi, a tree.
Taraiti. ‖ tara (iii).
Tarakaka. 1. n. South-west wind. He hau kino te tarakaka, he mataotao. ‖ taramaro.
2. a. Fierce, boisterous. Kua tarakaka te hau.—Nga uri tarakaka o Haumea.
Tarakakao. ‖ tara (iii).
Tārake. 1. v.t. Clear off, sweep away. Tarakea nga otaota. Nuku tarake, bare, open country.
2. a. Isolated, standing in the open. Atutahi koa, te whetu tarake o te rangi (M. 401).
3. n. Shoal exposed at low water.
– 388 –
4. The side or edge of the frame of a large landing net used for taking kahawai fish.
Tarakeha, v.i. Cry out, shriek in alarm; possibly used only of the kaka parrot. Ka tarakeha te kaka. ‖ tarahae.
Tarakihi, n. 1. Dactylopagrus macropterus, a fish. Pupu tarakihi, nautilus shell. ‖ pu (i).
2. Cicada cingulata and C. muta, tree locust, so called. He mano te patupaiarehe kei te tarakihi (T. 181). Ko te kai ra tena i kiki ai te kikitara o te tarakihi i te waru.
tātarakihi, n. Cicada, as above. ‖ tara (ii). Tarakina, n. Bristle, spine. Tutu ana nga tarakina.
tarakinakina. 1. a. Bristling, shaggy.
2. n. A rough flax cape.
Tarakini, a. Held by the point.
Tara-koekoea, n. A child's game.
Tarakoi, n. Paspalum scrobiculatum, a grass. = taranui.
Tarakumukumu, n. 1. A sea fish or reptile. Tirohia atu tarakumukumu kai te moana e kupa ana (S.).
2. A lizard.
Tarakupenga, n. 1. Coprosma acerosa, a shrub.
2. Lycopodium sp., a plant.
whakatarakupenga. — Ka whaka tara-kupenga ra e te ngakau (M. 283).
Tarakura, n. A cutaneous disease.
Taramamanga, v.t. Claw. = mamanga.
Taramārō, n. 1. A kind of grass.
2. South-west wind. ‖ tarakaka.
Taramatanui, a. Of low pitch, as a roof.
Tarāmaui, n. ‖ tara (i).
Taramea, n. Aciphylla squarrosa and other species, spear-grass. The plant provided an exudation which was used as a scent, spoken of as taramea or hinu taramea. Ka pupu to hinu ko he wai taramea (M. 347). Wetewete mai ra taku komutu taramea (S.). Ki te hinu taramea, ripo ana te kakara (S.). These terms were also often used figuratively for any treasured object. ‖ tara (i).
Taramengemenge, a. Crisped, curled.
Tarāmoa, tātarāmoa, n. Rubus cissoides, R. schmidelioides, and R. australis, brambles, bush lawyer.
tātarāmoa, n. A fish. (Tahu.)
Taramore, a. 1. Lean, shrunk, shrivelled, undeveloped.
2. Cropped short. Taramore noa iho nga kānga whangainga ma te hoiho.
3. Unadorned, untattoed. E ki ana koia koutou ma te mata taramore e moea ai koutou e te wahine (W. iv, 151).
‖ more.
Taramutu, n. Spine of dorsal fin of a fish. Ko Ruahine te tuara, ko Hikuringi te taramutu.
Tāranu, v.t. Mix. ‖ ranu.
Taranui, n. 1. Paspalum scrobiculatum, a grass. = tarakoi.
2. Caspian tern. ‖ tara (iii).
3. A kind of sandstone used for grinding and polishing greenstone (S.D. 313).
Tāranga, n. 1. Melicytus lanceolatus, a shrub.
2. Pimelea longifolia, a plant. = kokomuka taranga.
Taranga. ‖ tara (v).
Tarangahape, n. Carmichaelia sp., a shrub. = mākaka.
Tarangārara, n. Gahnia lacera, a sedge plant.
Tarao, n. Odax vittatus, kelp fish. Noke tarao, earthworm.
Taraonga, taraongaonga, n. Urtica ferox and U. australis, nettle. = ongaonga. ‖ tara (i).
Tarapake, n. An insect. E kai, e te kutu, e kai, e te tuiau, e kai, e te tarapake, e tu ki Turamoe (M. 200).
Tarapakihiwi, n. Shoulder; strictly the outer edge of the shoulder. Ka herea tetahi ki tona tarapakihiwi katau (Pi. 126, 2).
Tarapapa, n. Flower of kiekie. = tawhara. (Tahu.)
Tarapauahi = tarapouahi.
Tarapeke, v.i. Spring, leap, jump. Katahi a Turangapito ka tarapeke ki mua o te matua. a—Tarapeketia, e hoa, kia eke ai koe.
whakatarapeke, v.i. Hide, skulk. Tera a Te Kooti kai te whakatarapeke nga nohoanga riki i roto o Te Konaki (W.M. viii, 112). ‖ whakapeke.
tarapekepeke, v.i. Hop about.
‖ peke.
Tarapepe, a. Vibrating, waggling. He arero tarapepe.
Tarapī. 1. a. Fine, small, as fibres of finely dressed flax.
2. n. Fine streak. Ra te haeata toea ake i te tarapi ki Te Ponanga (S.).
3. v.t. Squirt in a fine stream; used of squirting water with the clasped hands.
whakatarapī, a. 1. Fastidious, delicate.
2. Arrogant. He tangata whakatarapi ia, he tangata whakapehapeha (W. ii, 121).
Tarapiki, v.i. Lie across. E tarapiki ana nga rakau nei.
Tarapikoko.—Kia aue, kia aue, tarapikoko ana ki nga mahuri ora, kia aue. (Tar.)
Tarapirohe, n. A sea bird. (Tahu.)
Tarapō, n. 1. Strigops habroptilus, ground parrot. Ko Te Paki, nana te kuri hei whaka: ngau kiwi, weka, tarapo (W. iii, 69). = kakapo.
2. Female of Petroica toitoi, tit.
tātarapō, n. 1. Strigops habroptilus, ground parrot.
2. A term applied to totara timber which has a honeycombed appearance. ‖ kaikaka.
Tarapoa, n. A large brown moth.
Tarapouahi, tarapauahi, n. A garment. The word was used in early days for a rug or shawl. Kia uhia mai taku kiri ki te tarapouahi (S. 48).
– 389 –
Tarāpua, n. A sea bird. (Tar.) ? = tarapunga. He tarapua, he waewae mama hoki taua manu ki te haere ki mamao ‖ tara (iii).
Tarāpunga, tarapunga. ‖ tara (iii).
Tarapūremu, n. Tail of an eel.
Tararahia, tararawhia, n. A large variety of eel.
Tararau, v.i. Make a loud confused noise. Whakarongo ki te ngahiri, me te tararau te ngahiri (T. 190). Whakarongo ki te ihu tangi tararau ana (M. 267). Tararau ana tera te waha o te tangata. ‖ tara (ii).
Tararē, tararere, n. Diarrhoea. = torore.
tararere, n. Fine drizzling rain.
Tarare, a. Mottled. Used also as the name of a fish with a mottled skin. Para tarare, a variety of the edible root para, which has a mottled skin.
Tararī, n. 1. Whirligig; a toy. = takawairore.
2. A primitive musical instrument, having a reed of manuka or pirita, which was vibrated between the teeth. = roria.
Tarariki. 1. ad. Keenly, bitterly. Kai tarariki ai te aroha i ahau (W.M. x, 317). Tangi taku ihu, tangi tarariki ana (S. ii, 80).
2. n. Persistent drizzling rain.
3. A small pigeon.
4. A short-beaked kaka, perhaps the female.
whakatarariki, v.t. Tease, taunt. Kati ra te whakatarariki, ka kaihore ke au (S.).
Tāraro (i), n. Mass of mashed food. He tararo pipi.
Tāraro (ii). 1. a. Adorned, ornamented. Kia whakaatamai ki te kahu rirena, kia tararo au te remu o te hiraka (M. 70). Me te waka tararo, puhipuhi rawa … me te upoko kei te ihu o te waka tararo e mau ana.
2. n. Canoe adorned with plumes and carving. Kua oti te aukaha, te mahi ra o te tararo, o te pitau, o te tete (J. ii, 45).
3. A charm to counteract witchcraft.
Tararua, a. 1. Having two points or peaks.
2. Cleft, dividing into two parts. Tera e tararua marire ona hikumaro (M. 32).
Tarata, n. Pittosporum eugenioides, a tree, the gum of which was used for scenting. He wai tarata ra me patu kia kakara (M. 202). Taratahi, a. 1. Isolated, alone. Tu taratahi ana te whetu o te rangi (M. 127). Nau te ki nei me taratahi au (M. 302).
2. Intermittent. He kohiko te uira kapo taratahi ana (S. 105). Tera te uira kapo taratahi ana (S. ii, 55).
3. Single-pointed. Manu taratahi, a pattern of kite. Ka whakahorohoro a Ruatapu i tana manu taratahi (W.M. xiii, 133).
4. n. A form of kite. He whakahorohoro taratahi. ‖ manu taratahi.
Taratamata, n. A variety of kumara.
Taratarawai, n. Heartburn, indigestion.
Tarateo. ‖ tara (iii)
Tarati, taratiti, v.i. Spurt, splash. Ka motokia tona ihu e Maui, taratia ana te toto; ka rere, ka tarati te karukaru (Tr. vii, 39). ‖ toroti.
Taratimoho, n. Podicipes rufopectus, dabchick. (Wai.) = Taihoropi, weiweia.
Taratiti, v.t. Pin, fasten with a spike. Taratitia iho ki te tara whaiapu.
Taratū, n. Post supporting the ridge pole of a house. = pou tahu.
Taratutū, a. Fierce. Na taratutu, na tarawewehi (M.M. 204).
Tārau (i), v.t. Beat, pound, fern root. Taraua, he kaka, ki tahaki tena, tirohia iho he puehu. ma tona whaiaro tena (P.).
Tārau (ii), n. Condiment, relish. Homai te koura na hei tarau mo a taua puwha.
Tārau (iii), v.t. Paddle sideways. Tarautia atu te waka kia piri ki tahaki. ‖ tirau.
Tārau (iv), n. Dredge, grapnel. = kārau.
Tarauho, n. Heart of a tree. = taraiho. ‖ uho.
Tārāuma, n. Chest, thorax. E rahi te tarauma hei riri mo te waru tumahoehoe. — E nui ana te tarauma hei riri mo te tau wai-ika, mo te tau tuku roa (W. iii, 34).
Taraumu, n. Scarf in tree felling. ‖ imu, umu.
Tārawa. 1. v.t. Hang upon a line or rail.
2. n. Line or rail on which anything is hung.
3. Ridge.
4. Billow, roller, swell, of the sea. Pikitia te moana, te nui tarawa tai (M. 344). I tai te tarawa haerenga kaipuke (J. ii, 122).
Tarawaha, n. 1. Opening, entrance.
2. Space, interval between contending parties, or between diggers and gatherers of fern-root, etc. Hoki mai i Hikihiki ra ki te tarawaha o te riri (M. 159).
3. District. Mei unuhia koe i te tarawaha i te nui Ati Toa (S. ii, 77).
4. Scarf in felling trees. Ka tuhera te tarawaha ki te mata o te hau … ka iri te ahi ki nga tarawaha.
‖ tawaha, waha.
Tarawāhi, n. and l.n. Side or bank of a river, valley, etc. Kei tera tarawahi te kainga.—A pa te karanga i tarawahi awa (M. 16).
Tarawai, n. 1. Unevenness in the horizon line at sea. Whakatarawai ana te waka (The canoe is like a speck on the horizon).
2. Juice, sap, of a tree, etc. Ka maka he kowhatu kaka ki te kumete, kia pau te tarawai o te kiore ki waho.
Tarawau. 1. v.t. Slander, speak ill of. Ka te tarawau noa i whakakinikinia (M. 267). Ma te nui Ati Mara tarawautia e te ngutu (S. 49).
2. n. Gossip, scandal. Taringa i Whakarongo te tarawau a te ngutu (S.).
‖ tara (ii).
Tarawē, v.i. Howl, cry in distress. Ka roa, ka ui iho ana ia, “Kei te pehea ?” Ka ki ake ano te wahine, “Kei te tarawe ano.” Ka roa, ka ui iho ano ia, “E pehea ano ?” Ka ki ake te wahine, “Kua ngaro te tarawe.” ‖ wē.
– 390 –
Tarawene, v.i. Grumble. Te rite mai, e te tau, ka te tarawene noa (M. 233). = harawene.
Tarawera, n. 1. Pellaea rotundifolia, a fern.
2. Shrimp.
Tarawete. 1. v.t. Knock.
2. n. Blow, stroke. Whakarongo te taringa ki te tarawete mai a te toki haratuatua e tititi.
Taraweti, a. Hostile. Nona hoki te taraweti ki a au.
whakataraweti, v.t. Treat as an enemy. Ehara au i te pakeha, kia whakatarawetitia rawatia au e koutou.
Tarawewehi, a. Terrifying. Ka tarawewehi koe, ki mai aku hoa kia upa taku noho.
Tarawhai, v.t.—Nau te ki nei, me tarawhai e. me papuni au ki te kupu o tawhaiti (Ar.).
Tarawhata, n. 1. A small species of gull. Me whakatakoto au ki te ngaro tarawhata (M. 220). Me whakamanu korua, e rere ai ki o korua tungane, me whakatarawhata ranei ? (Pi. 175, 5).
2. Hirneola polytricha, a fungus.
Tarawhatu, n. Anas chlorotis, brown duck. = pateke.
Tarawhete, v.i. Chatter. Ka pai te kaka e tarawhete mai nei.—Ka tarawhete noa iho te ngutu o tera tangata ki te korero, ara ka paki haere te korero. ‖ tara (ii), kowhete.
Tarawhiti. 1. n. Hoop, ring.
2. v.t. Encircle. Ko koe, ko au, taua nei tarawhitia (M. 412).
Tare (i), v.i. 1. Hang. E tare mai ra i runga i te taiepa.
2. Gasp for breath. E tare ana a Potopoto i te mamae.—Tare ana taku poho.
3. Be drawn towards, entertain affection for. Ka tare te wahine ki a Tawhaki, ka whakarere i tana tane, ka noho i a Tawhaki (Tr. vii, 44).
4. Be intent upon. Ka tare a Paiao kia wahatia a Rangi ki runga (Tr. vii, 33).
taretare. 1. a. Ragged, tattered.
2. v.i. Pant. Ka oma, ka taretare te manawa.
whakatare, whakataretare, v.i. 1. Stoop or lean forward to look at anything. Ka haere te wahine nei, a Wairaka, i te kuwaha ka noho atu, ka whakatare atu ki roto (J. iii, 61). E whakataretare iho ana i runga i nga pakiaka o te rakau kia kite i a Te Kanawa (T. 180).
2. Look intently. Ka whakatare te kanohi ki te rerenga kaipuke mai ki Kawhia (S. 121). Ka whakataretare te kanohi ki roto Hauraki (M. cxi).
3. Be eager, be intent. E whakataretare ana a Te Ponga kia puta ia ki mua ngangahu ai (T. 167).
whātare, whātaretare, v.i. Crane forward, stoop over. Ka tae atu ki te tahataha o Ngaruroro, ka whatare iho ki roto ki te awa.—Kai tera taha o te rakau te tangata e noho ana, a ka whataretare atu taua ki te titiro.
Tare (ii), v.t. Send. Nga manu i tarea e Maui ki te tiki wai (W. ii, 114).
Tāreha, n. Red ochre.
Tārehe. 1. a. Wrinkled.
2. n. Light-coloured eel. (Kah.) = tirehe, mairehe.
whakatarehe. 1. v.i. Dry up, shrivel up. E noho, e Whana, taria koe e whakatarehe i te ra o te waru (M. 173).
2. n. A species of eel. = kupakupa. ‖ rehe.
Tārehu. 1. v.t. Cover, conceal. Tarehutia atunga kai na ki te oneone.—Te tara ki Mouao ka tarehua (M. 345).
2. v.i. Be indistinctly seen. Me he wairua atu te tarehutanga iho (M. 387).
3. n. Mist.
4. Soot for tattooing. Te ata horahia he tarehu wai moko no Haupokia (S. 69).
5. ad. Secretly, stealthily. Mamae ana te ngakau ki o tatou hoa e patua tarehutia mai e ratou.
tārehurehu, n. Kite.
Tārehurangi, n. A variety of kumara.
Tārei = tārai.
Tāreka, a. Eager, strenuous. ‖ takare.
Tāreka, v.i. Be attained, be accomplished. ‖ taea.
Tāreke, n. 1. Small edge-tool.
2. Coturnix novaezealandiae, quail. = koltareke, kareke.
Tārekoreko, a. 1. Dimly seen, out of sight, Waerea te marutuna, waerea te maruwehi, waerea atu ra, tarekoreko atu ana ki tahaki, e i (M. 222).
2. Grey, grizzled. Kua tarekoreko te mahunga o Paoa.
‖ korekoreko.
Tāremu, n. Lower end of a cultivated field. ‖ remu.
Tārenga, v.t. Cover up. Me tarenga noa a tat mea ki te otaota.
Tarepa, a. 1. Incomplete, wanting in number. E toru rau te Hauhau; tarepa te wha.—Na ko te tatau mo te ope taua, mehemea taua ope kotahi rau e rima tekau, ka kiia tena, kotahi rau tarepa te rua.
2. Hanging loose. I tarepa ke taku kiri i te aponga mai i te whenua.
3. Torn, hanging in tatters. Ko aku weruweru ka tarepa noa i raro.
tāreparepa, a. Hanging loose. Tukua te ra kia tareparepa.
Tāreperepe. 1. n. Buttocks, posteriors.
2. a. Ragged, tattered. Applied to a ragged garment, i.e., to ragged edges, threads, and strips hanging down.
‖ reperepe.
Tārepo, n. West-south-west wind, at Manawatu.
– 391 –
Tarepō = tarapō, n. Strigops habroptilus, owl parrot or ground parrot. = kakapo.
Tārera, a. Gaping. Kia tarera te waha (Make grimaces, as a sign of defiance).
tārerarera. 1. v.i. Be torn. Tarerarera ke, he wahi ano, he wahi ano.
2. n. Dart, short spear for throwing, with the head notched so as to break off.
Tārere. 1. v.i. Flow copiously.
2. Straggle, of a company of travellers.
3. Swing with the legs off the ground, holding on to a rope.
4. v.t. Swing a person off his feet.
5. n. A sort of giant stride or swing.
‖ morere.
Tārewa (i), a. 1. Raised up. Hapainga, kia tarewa ki runga (T. 142). Ehara, tarewa ana i runga te ika a Maui (T. 22).
2. Hanging.
3. Afloat. Tarewa haere tonu i waho, pae rawa ki uta ko Kaikoura (Tr. xxvii, 606).
4. Drooping, trailing. Ka tarewa te tupu o te kapana.
5. Declining, of sun, etc. Ka tarewa te ra.
6. Aghast. Ka tarewa nga kanohi.
7. Unsettled, not paid for. (mod.) He mea mamae te taonga tarewa; kia ea ano, ka ora te tangata.
8. Direct, straightforward. Rere tarewa, rush headlong. Na te ure tarewa, in the agnatic line.
Tārewa (ii), n. A bird resembling kowhawha.
Tari (i), v.t. Carry, bring. Taria atu nga rakau nei ki ko.—Tenei, e tama, te putea ki, naku i tari mai (M. 241).
Tari (ii), v.t. Urge, incite. Nau i tari ake ki ahau kia haere nei.
whakatari. 1. v.t. Provoke a quarrel.
2. Incite, stir up.
E whakataritari ana i a Te Kahureremoa kia whakatika ki runga ki te haka (T. 145).
3. Expose to chastisement. Nau ano koe i whakatari i mate ai.
4. n. An engagement between children of different hapu in a pa, often leading to bloodshed among the seniors.
Tari (iii).—
tatari. 1. v.i. Wait. Ka tatari te manuhiri nei ki te tangata o te ahi nei kia hoki mai (T. 186).
2. v.t. Expect. Ka tatari i to raua matenga ki reira (T. 176).
tāria. 1. pass. Be waited for. Ko koe e taria nei e Kohere ma.
2. int. Wait a while !
3. ad. By and by, after a time. Taria nei he mate e pa mai ki a Tu (T. 6). Nau mai, e Rupe, taria e haere (M. 323).
tāaringa, n. Circumstance, etc., of waiting.
taritari, v.i. Wait. I konei tonu au taritari atu ai (S. 20).
Tari (iv). 1. n. A mode of plaiting with several strands. Ka kitea i konei te whiri maha nei, te tari, te tamaka (T. 150). Tari-kākāriki, plaited cord of four strands. Tari-karakia, square sennet of eight strands. Ka kitea i reira te whiri tuamaka, te tari-karakia, te whiri paraharaha (T. 19).
2. Noose for catching birds, etc. Ka hangaa he tari, a ka hoatu ka potaria ki tona upoko (T. 33).
3. v.t. Ensnare. Ka tae ki runga ki te maunga, ka taria e ia te kiwi, ka mau.
Tari (v).—
tātari. 1. v.t. Strain, sift.
2. n. Strainer, sieve.
taritari. 1. v.t. Jolt, shake, shiver in pieces.
2. a. Wet and cold. Sometimes used as an intensive adjective, as in maku taritari.
3. n. Inclement weather. Kia pehia mai te kuriawarua mo te makariri e totope nei te hukarere, nga taritari o Matariki (M. 88).
4. A kind of grass. Taritari āwhā, Dracophyllum latifolium, a shrub with grass-like leaves.
Tariao, n. A star in the Milky Way. Tera Tariao ka moiri ki runga (M. 237). Ka ki atu a Atutahi ki a Tariao, “Me ahu taua ma uta.” … Noho ana a Tariao ki roto i te Mangoroa.
Tarie = taria. Me tarie koe e tukua (Tr. vii, 40). ‖ tari (iii).
Tarihahohaho, v.t. Disarrange, rumple.
Tārika, v.i. Toss oneself about. Tarika noa ana a Matukutangotango; no hea e motu i a ia nga taura?
Tarikākāriki. ‖ tari (iv).
Tarikarakia. ‖ tari (iv).
Tariko, a. Dusky, darkish.
Tāringa. ‖ tari (iii).
Taringa. 1. n. Ear. Ana, mau tonu iho ki te taringa o Tama (T. 77). Taringa o Tiakiwai, Auricularia auricula-judea, jew's ear fungus; also called taringa kuri, taringa hakeke. Taringa rakau, a fungus.
2. a. Deaf, obstinate. Taringa noa iho ki te ngare a te hunga o rahaki (T. 23).
whakataringa, v.t. Listen. (R.)
Taringapokipoki, n. A species of eel.
Tarioi, v.i. Loiter. E kiia atu ana, “Haere; e tarioi tou na.”
Tariwai, n. Miro australis, robin. = kauwai, piere, pihere, pitoitoi, taruwai.
Taro (i), n. 1. Colocasia antiquorum; a plant cultivated for food. Ko tana mahi he tatau i ana taro (T. 49). “Kei ranga noa te taro a Kea” is a proverb for attempting impossibilities, “te taro a Kea” being a large stone at Taiporutu, near Table Cape. Taro hoia, a large variety of taro. Taro puia nui, a figurative expression for a family with many scions.
2. Bread. (mod.)
– 392 –
Taro (ii), ad. Denoting the lapse of a short interval of time. Presently, by and by. A, ka taro, ka haere a Ihuwareware ki te korero atu ki a Tinirau (T. 31). Ka titiro ake, ka taro, katahi ano ka ki ake (T. 101). Taro ake, in a little while; taro kau iho, in a very short time; kihai i taro, it was not long before. Taro kau iho ka ngiha te ahi marohi (T. 188). Kihai i taro ka puta mai a Kaiwhare (T. 162).
Taro (iii).—
tarotaro, v.t. Cut one's hair. Kua oti koe te tarotaro.
Tāroa (i), n. 1. A variety of flax not of the finest quality. Ko te wharanui, ko te awanga, tona ingoa he taroa.
2. Self-sown potato.
Tāroa (ii), a. 1. Long.
2. Enduring.
Tārohe, v.t. Set bounds to. Kia tarohea te roa moana ki Nukutaurua (S.).
Tāroi, v.t. 1. Tie up in a kete, close, draw together. He utu mo te kaitaroi kapana.—I taroia e koe nga hau o te rangi.—Homai te ruruku, rukutia, taroia, tamaua (M. 357).
2. v. Traverse. Kia taroia te moana a Kupe ki Whangara ko Matioro (N.M. ii, 168).
Taroma, a. Soft, flaccid. Ka taroma noa nga pititi nei.
Tāromaroma, a. Fading away, getting weaker, less prominent.
Tāromiromi, a. Soft, pulpy, as overripe fruit.
Tārona, v.t. Strangle. Waiho mana ano ia e tarona (T. 159).
Tārore. 1. v.t. Put into a noose, entrap, ensnare, strangle. Ko wai he matua mou, kia tarore koe i toku kaki?
2. a. Secure with a cord or rope. Nau mai, e waka, ki' tarorea koe ki Rakatuwhenua (M. 85).
tārorerore, a. Entangled.
‖ rore.
Tarore, n. Peltorhamphus novae-zeelandiae, sole; a fish. = patiki rore.
Tarori, v.i. Pass away quickly, disappear. Me te wai a tarori ana.
Tāroto, n. Young of kahawai, a fish. Tārū (i), v.t. 1. Shake. Taru kahika, a term applied to light summer rains. “Ka mate taua i te ua.” “E, kao! He taru kahika.”
2. Overcome. A i tarua a Ngariki, i wawa noa atu (J. ii, 227).
tārūrū, a. Shaking. No reira ano te taruru haere nei.
‖ rū.
Tārū (ii), tārūrū, a. Painful, acute. Taruru taku mamae (My pain is agonising). Kua taru toku tuara.
Taru (i), tarutaru, n. 1. Herbage, small vegetation, grass. Ko te tarutaru ano tetehi, ara no te marohanga e te wahine, he raupo, he toetoe, he kutakuta, he raurekau (M. lxxvii).
2. A kind of moss used as a scent.
Taru (ii), tarutaru, n. 1. Thing; used in an indefinite sense, and often not to be translated. He taru tere te haere (It moved very rapidly) (Speaking of a serpent) (W.M. x, 141). I maringi a wai te taru nei, a te toto (M. 237). E kore e ngaro, tena taku manu, e; e kore e ngaro he taru whakanui (W.M. viii, 162). He taru mate anake na roto i a au (There is nothing but sickness within me) (M. 208). Ehara i te taru te mate (Death is no light matter) (M. 251). Nga tarutaru e maha o te pukohu, o te ngahere, o te wao nui o Tane, he kiwi, he weka, he moho, he toko kokako (M. 107).
2. Sometimes with an idea of disparagement or unpleasantness involved. Taru tawhiti, influenza, a thing from abroad; so called from its foreign origin. Nga taru o Tura, a proverbial expression for grey hairs, old age. Ka tata ki a koe nga taru o Tura, ko te hina, ko te mate te whanga iho nei (M. 174).
3. Otherness. Used without the article and followed by a noun used adjectively. Ka haere, ka toro i taru kainga (He went and visited other villages).
Tārua (i), v.t. 1. Tattoo a second time.
2. Repeat any process.
Tārua (ii), ad. By and by. ‖ tari (iii).
Tārua (iii), n. Hollow, saddle in ridge. Ka karia tonutia kia puta atu ki te tarua ki waho o te pa. ‖ rua (ii).
Taruarua, a. Repeated.
Taruhae, a. Jealous.
Tāruke (i), n. 1. A wicker trap for crayfish.
2. A basket for catching kokopu.
Tāruke (ii), v.i. 1. Press along impatiently, hurry. Katahi ka tau te kuri nei, ka taruke ki te rere ki te wai (T. 120).
2. Struggle.
3. Throw oneself on the ground.
4. Lie dead in great numbers.
5. Avenge oneself. Hei tarukenga, hei ngakinga mate (T. 86). He taruke, he rapunga utu (T. 87).
tārukenga, n. 1. Slaughter.
2. Middle portion of a seine net.
Taruna (i), v.i. Be connected by family ties, friendship, etc. Na te huanga matou i taruna ai ki a Takirau.
whakataruna, v.i. 1. Be connected. Hoki mai, e tama, kia tarunatia koe Te Whatu-o-Poutini (M. 225). Na taku wahine au i whakataruna ai ki Ahuriri.
2. Serve as a bond of connection, serve as a pretext.
3. Pretend, go through as a form. Ka kainga te ongaonga; ehara i te mea hai ora, engari hai whakataruna noa iho ki te waha.
– 393 –
Taruna (ii), v.i. Delay, linger. Kia rokohanga mai ka taruna au ki te whare ra (S.).
whakataruna, a. Dilatory.
Tāruperupe, v.t. Shake about, wave about.
Tarupī, n. Fresh growth of trees on land that has been cleared.
Tārure, v.i. 1. Become loose or unfixed.
2. Quail, lose heart. Kua tarure te Hauhau, kua mataku.
3. Become listless. Ka hinga, ka whati, ka tarure nui (S. 22). He taruretanga mahi.
4. Languish, be pursued with diminished vigour. Kia tarure te riri a Waikato raua ko te pakeha.
tārurerure, v.i. Shake.
‖ takarure.
Tāruru (i). 1. v.t. Beguile. I tarurua e nga korero maha.
2. Entice. I maka he koura ki ro wai hei taruru mo te ika.
3. Shake or rub together. Tarurutia nga riwai na kia ngahoro te ngarehu. ‖ ruru (ii).
4. n. Ground bait for fish.
tārurururu, v.i. Shake violently, vibrate.
Tāruru (ii). 1. a. Close together.
2. n. Fleet of canoes, collection of things of one kind.
3. v.t. Crowd. Auraka ra nge au e tarurua mai (M. ci).
Tarutawhiti, n. Influenza. ‖ taru (ii).
Tārutu. 1. v.t. Jerk violently. Ma tona kaha a ia ake ano e taruturutu (T. 159).
2. Pour forth. E te roimata, ki' tarutua iho i te weherua po (S. 85).
3. a. Stumbling, infirm. Ka haramai tenei, ka tarutu, ka paetau noa au ki te whare (S.).
Taruwai, tātaruwai, n. Miro australis, robin. = karuwai.
Taruweka, a. Slovenly. Tātā. ‖ tā (i), (ii), (iii), (v).
Tatā. ‖ tā (i).
Tata (i). 1. a. Near, of place or time. E tata koe ki uta, e oioi te ika, e rere ki te taha katau (T. 36). Kia tata ki te awatea ka hoki iho ki te purupuru i te whare (T. 47).
2. ad. Suddenly. He kokoreke puoho tata (P. 18). Whawhati tata te panga mai o te mate. Kei ko tata atu, a little farther on. Haere tata atu ana, he went a little farther. Muri tata iho, Shortly afterwards.
tatanga, n. Proximity, nearness. Kia kite koa au i te tuapae o uta i te tatanga, i te hoitanga (T. 71).
whakatata, v.t. Approach. Kua whakatata a Te Ponga ma ki te tauranga i Manuka (T. 171).
tātata, a. Near. Kia tatata mai nga tangata ka karanga ai.
Tata (ii), tātata, n. A flax garment worn hanging from the waist. I te kore tatata hei hoko parawai nekoneko (M. 97).
Tātāapopo, n. Male of the kaka parrot (Nestor meridionalis).
Tatae. ‖ tae.
Tātāeko, tātāeto, tātaiato, n. Mohoua albicilla, whitehead; a bird. = moriorio, popokotea, poporoihewa, popotea, porihawa, tataihore.
Tataha. ‖ taha.
Tātāhau (i), v.i. 1. Be fierce, be violent. Hei wahi ke korua tatahau ai.
2. Be stormy. Akuanei pea tatahau ai te rangi nei.
3. Talk unintelligibly in one's sleep, which was regarded as a bad omen. ‖ J. vii, 126.
Tātāhau (ii). ‖ tāhau (i).
Tatahe. ‖ tahe.
Tātahi (i), l.n. (F.L. § 8). The seaside. Kei tatahi tena otaota e tupu ana.—Ka puta ki tatahi ki Katikati (T. 145). Used also of a riverside. Ka hahauria i tatahi, a ka kitea ki nga waewae e takoto ana, ahu tonu ki roto (T. 202). = tahatai.
Tātahi (ii). ‖ tahi (i).
Tātāhoata. ‖ tāhoata.
Tātāhore = tataihore.
Tātāhou, n. Virgin soil. He tatahou tena wahi, na reira i ngahau ai te tupu o te kai.
Tātai. 1. v.t. Measure. Tataia te whare kia tika ai.—Ko te Wharetutu e tatai atu ana i te kiritai o te pa (Pi. 143, 3). So perhaps tātai rakau, measure weapons, fight.
2. Arrange, set in order. E tataia te mahanga (M. 98). Kia ata tatai i te korero, kei pokapoka; engari kia uhono noa atu. Used of setting out pegs for the guidance of kumara planters.
3. Recite genealogies, etc. So tatai tupuna, tatai korero, tatai hono, kapiti hono.
4. Adorn, deck. Katahi te tamahine ka tahuri ki te tatai i a ia (Pi. 133, 11). Ka ki te tahaāki te hinu, ka whaiwaewaetia, ka tataia ki te huruhuru kereru.—Kapatau he mata toki pounamu, e tu te tatai o te whakairo (P.).
5. Apply as ornament. Ka mauria mai e Tane nga kura, ka tataitia (Tr. vii, 33). Ka tikina nga whetu, ka kawea, ka tataitia (i.e., they were set as ornaments in the sky) (Tr. vii, 33).
6. Join the component parts of a fishing net. Ka tukua te tangata ki te tatai i nga kupenga a Marutuahu (T. 142).
7. In the expression tatai aro rangi, study the heavens for guidance in navigation, etc. Ko te Kawana hei whiu atu ki tawhiti kia tatai aro rangi (S. 45).
8. v.i. Be ranged in order. Tatai kau ana te whetu o te rangi (M. 28).
9. n. Plan, purpose. He tatai pai taku tatai.—Taku titiro noa i waenga i te hono tatai (M. 229). Ka huaia mai e Koikoi a taua tatai.
– 394 –
10. Stroke with a weapon, tactics. Koinei tana tatai he ahei i te rakau.
11. Line of ancestry.
12. Company. Ko Pakihi-kanui, ko Pakihihewahewa, ka mutu taua tatai wahine a Tangaroa (Tr. vii, 44). Tātai whetu, cluster of stars, constellation.
13. Omen. Mehemea ka rangona te kereru e tangi ana i te po, he tatai, he mate, he aitua. Sometimes called tatai mate. ‖ J. vii, 129.
Tātaiato = tataeto.
Tātaihore, tātāhore, n. Mohoua albicilla, white-head; a bird. E riro nei ma te tataihore e whangai (S.). = tataeko.
Tataiore, a. — In the expression, pukohu tataiore, misty clouds running into one another. Ki te tae pukohu tataiore e taipua ana i nga maunga (J. xx, 17).
Tātairongo, n. A variety of kumara; later applied to potatoes.
Tātaka (i), n. 1. A Tuhoe name of Prionoplus reticularis, the brown beetle commonly termed huhu during the particular period in its life cycle when developing from larva to pupa. The name may be applied to other beetles, and to moths, in similar phase. Ko te anuhe ka hou ki te whenua, a, ka tataka.
2. Melicope ternata, a shrub.
Tātaka (ii). ‖ taka (i), (ii).
Tātākaitaua, n. Outer palisading of a pa.
Tātākanga, n., derivative from tātā. Circumstance, etc., of dashing down. ‖ tā (i).
Tātākareao, n. A species of salt-water eel (not edible).
Tātākau, a. Having stems or stalks only, without fruit. Tatakau ana nga rarangi o te mara nei.
Tātāki. ‖ tāki. Tātaki. ‖ taki.
Tataki. 1. v.t. Arrange snares on a string, for catching birds.
2. Secure the horizontal battens of the roof of a whare by means of a cord passing over the ridge-pole. ‖ J. v, 149.
3. n. Cord to secure the battens of a roof as in 2, above.
4. Morus serrator, gannet. Called also toroa tatakī. He toroa tataki no runga i Karewa (M. 69). = takupu karake.
5. a. Viscous, glairy. Tataki ana te ware o te mangai.
6. Racy. Tataki ana tera te kaki o Te Rire ki te korero. He koko tatakī, a proverbial expression for a witty speaker. Kawau tatakī, ? a variety of cormorant. Kei taku ringa e mau ana te upoko o te kawau tataki (M. 67).
Tatakimori = tangatakimori, a. Small, insignificant.
Tātākino, v.i. Hurry on in confusion. E mua ata haere; e muri tatakino (P.). ‖ kino.
Tātākoto, n. Sprit. on the lower edge of the sail of a canoe. ‖ tā (iii).
Tataku. ‖ taku.
Tātāmi. ‖ tāmi.
Tatanga. ‖ tanga, tata.
Tātāngaeko, tātaranaeko, tātarangaeko, n. Mohoua albicilla, whitehead; a bird. = tataeko.
Tatangi. = tangi.
Tatango. = tango.
Tatao. ‖ taol
Tātara. ‖ tara (i), (ii).
Tatara. ‖ tara (ii), (v).
Tātarahake, a. 1. Bristling.
2. Having numerous bare branches.
3. a. Scraggy, unkempt.
Tātaraheke. ‖ taraheke.
Tātārākau, n. A species of eel, similar to riko.
Tātarakihi. ‖ tarakihi.
Tātarākura, n. A small fresh-water fish.
Tātarāmoa. ‖ taramoa.
Tātaranaeko, tātarangaeko. = tatangaeko.
Tātarapō. ‖ tarapo.
Tātarariki, tātāriki, n. Leader of a flock of kaka parrots. Ko te tatarariki, he rangatira no te pokai kaka.—Mehemea e rua tekau manu i roto i te pokai kaka, kotahi tonu te tatarariki hai whakahaere i waho.
Tātarāwhare, n. A variety of kokopu, a fish.
Tātare, n. A species of shark. = tatere.
Tatare. ‖ tare.
Tātari. ‖ tari (v).
Tatari. ‖ tari (iii).
Tātariheko, n. Mohoua albicilla, whitehead; a bird. = tataeko.
Tātāriki (i) = tatarariki.
Tātāriki (ii), a. Small. Ua tātāriki, drizzling rain.
Tatarikuha, n. A bird.
Tātaruwai = taruwai.
Tātata. ‖ tata.
Tātāu. ‖ tāu (ii).
Tātau, pron. We, including the person addressed. = tātou.
Tatau. ‖ tau (ii), (v), (vii), (viii).
Tātāwai, n. Miro australis, robin. = karuwal, pitoitoi, moioio, piere, tariwai.
Tātāwhāinga, v.i. Vie, compete.
Tātāwhi. ‖ tāwhi.
Tate.—
tatetate. 1. v.t. Rattle, make any sharp recurring noise, tick.
2. a. Loose, slack, of lashings, etc.
Tātea, n. 1. Semen. Also called wai tatea.
2. Offspring. Ki te kore au e tae atu, ehara au i te tatea no te taua matua (W.M. xiii, 134).
Tātemea = ta te mea, conj. Because. ‖ tā (viii), mea (i).
Tātere, tātare, n. 1. A species of shark. He niho tatere, he mea hohou ki runga ki te rakau.
2. A saw-like weapon made from teeth of the above shark.
Tatere, a. 1. Moving about, unsettled. Tatere tonu taua, te u te noho, te aha.
2. Loose, unfixed. Ka tatere te pou o te whata.
Tātika = tahatika, n. Coastline. E mauria atu ra nga tatika roa o Waiwhariki ra (M. 120). Mau e haere nga tatika kei Mangaparapara ra (M. cvi).
Tātoe, v.i. ? Become dry. Ka tatoe nga matatahuna i tua Kaurinui, e (S.). ‖ Ha. koea.
Tātonga = tahatonga.
Tātoru. 1. v.t. Perform any process thrice.
2. n. A method of plaiting with three strands.
Tātou, pron. 1st per. pl., including the person or persons addressed. We, us, E kore koe e noho marire tatou ? (Will you not remain quietly with us ?)—in this case the change of pronoun indicates that the person addressed is invited to justify the use of the inclusive tatou. (T. 14).
Tātu, n. An ancient form of weapon, said by some to resemble a hoeroa; but another view is indicated in the following example. He tatu paraoa, he pere tera rakau a mua.
Tatū, v.i. 1. Reach the bottom. Ka tatu iho te tangata ra ki raro (T. 147). Ka tatu te hoe.
2. Be at ease, be content. Ka taka ko roto nei kei te tatu nui (M. 266). Ka tatu tona ngakau.
3. Consent, agree. Na ka tatu te taua ra ka tahuri ki te tōtō i nga waka (T. 41).
whakatātūtū, v.t. Sound with a line. Me whakatatutu ki mua, kei eke te kaipuke.
Tatu, v.i. Strike one foot against the other, stumble. Taku mahititanga ake, he tatu anake toku waewae.
tatutatu, a. Tottering, unsteady. Tatutatu kau nga waewae.
whakatatutatu, v.t. Agitate, hurry.
Tātua. 1. n. Girdle. Ka mau te koroheke nei ki te tatua (T. 198). Tatua whara, or tatua pupara, was a girdle in which valuables were carried. The word is used in several proverbial expressions: Te tatua o Hikakawa, food. Te tatua o Te Kaha, red clouds at sunset. Te tatua o Kahu, belt of clear sky near the horizon.
2. v.t. Put on as a girdle. Ka whakahua i tana karakia mo tana tatuatanga i tona maro (T. 97).
Tāturi, n. Wax in the ear. Karokaro i te taturi o to taringa kia areare ai (S. 10). = taeturi Tātūtū. ‖ tatū.
Tāu (i), pos. pron. Thy. Pl. āu. ‖ tā (viii), note; u. For the difference between tau and tou ‖ a (ii).
Tāu (ii), v.i. Turn away, look in another direction. E ta ! tau ke atu koe, tahuri mai ra !—E tahuri noa ana, e tau noa ana; te ai he taiepa mo te tinana (M. 412).
tātāu, v.i. Turn about, vacillate. E tatau ana te ngakau ki te aha, ki te aha.
Tau (i), n. 1. Season, year, the recurring cycle being the predominating idea rather than the definite time measurement. Ka mahi raua ko tona rangatiri i te kumara; i te tau tima-tanga, kotahi rau; i te tau ruatanga, e rua rau (T. 185). E rua tau ruru, e rua tau wehe, e rua tau mutu, e rua tau kai (M. 323). Ka pena tonu i nga tau katoa te huihui ki a ia, a ka tae ki taua tau nei (T. 185). Ka wheturangitia Matariki, te whetu o te tau (M. 254).
2. Period of time, interval. Ha roa te tau i te tohenga, ka horo te pa (M. 41). ‖ tautini.
Tau (ii), n. 1. String of a garment, etc.; loop or thong of a mere; loop forming the handle of a basket. Wetea te tau o o kahu (M. 296). Katahi te tama ka whakatika, whakawiria iho te tau o te patu ki te ringa (T. 29). Tau o te ate or tau o te manawa, (a) heart-strings, deep emotion. Ka rangona iho te tau o taku ate ka haruru (M. 279). E taea te ruru iho te tau o taku ate e kakapa tonu nei (M. 256). (b) Less usually, darling, object of affection. Kei whea te tau o taku ate? (S.).
2. Bundle. Ka mahue i reira te matua tau pohue.
tatau, v.t. 1. Tie with a cord. Tauia to tatou ra.
2. Count. Ka tatau ano te wahine ra; tatau rawa iho, e waru ano taro (T. 99).
3. Repeat one by one. E tauria ana e koe o ratou ingoa (T. 11). Ka patai mai te koro, “Ko wai ou hoa ?” Ka tatau atu te tangata nei i nga ingoa, a poto noa (T. 201). Tatau manawa, a childish game which consists in trying to repeat a long form of words without taking breath. = pepe taki manawa.
tautau. 1. v.t. Tie in bunches, thread on a string. Me tautau nga kānga kia maroke ai.
2. v.i. Hang in clusters or folds. E maha nga rangi ka tautau te remu (M. 19).
3. Hang suspended. He ra ka tautau ki runga o Kaitangi (M. 73).
4. n. String or cluster of objects. Tautau huānga, near relatives. No reira a Marupaenga ratou ko tona iwi e noho ana ki a Ngapuhi, ki nga tautau huanga.
5. Pendant of greenstone, generally with the lower end curved.
6. a. Pendulous.
tautaunga, n. Ambuscade, lying in wait.
Tau (iii), n. Lover, spouse, darling. Nga turanga haerenga i a maua ko te tau (M. 333). Te muri aroha ki to tau tumau (M. 24). E mate ana roto ki te tau a te rau (M. 61). = tahu (i).
– 396 –
Tau (iv), n. 1. Ridge of a hill. Ka tae ki runga ki te maunga, na ka haere i runga i te tau (S.).
2. Reef. Ka rere a Te Ririno, te waka a Potoru i te te tau o Taputapuatea (T. 112).
Tau (v), v.i. 1. Alight, come to rest. Tau noa atu ia i te matapihi o te whare o Tinirau (T. 33). Ka pa te karanga, “Tau kau mai ki raro” (T. 79). E tau mai ana tana titiro ki a au.
2. Fall, of blows. Nawai i kaha, i kaha, e tau ana rapea te patu a te rau ma whitu (T. 152).
3. Come to anchor, lie to, ride at anchor. Ka tae ki te Tihi-o-Manono, tukua iho te punga, e tau ana i reira (T. 69). Taku taokete, tau marire ake i kona (T. 92).
4. Float. Ka whiua atu (te tahā) ki te wai, e tau kau ana ki roto i te wai (T. 110).
5. Settle down. Kia tau te mauri o te kai ki raro (P.).
6. Come over, supervene, of feelings. Heoi ka tau te pouri ki te tohunga (T. 128). Ko te tatangi o te poria; a, tau ana te wehi (T. 156).
7. Lie steeping in water. Ko etahi (aruhe) ka kawea ki te wai, tau atu, tau atu; ma te wahine e patu.
8. Be suitable, be comely, befit. Katahi ano koe ka tau, kia pena ki to tuakana aianei, ka hinga, ka mate (M.M. 187).
9. Be possible. Ka tau te ara ki te moana, e ra (M. 334).
10. Be able. E kore koe e tau hei whai ake mo te Taki-aho-Kariki (M. 412).
tauranga, taunga, n. Resting place, anchorage for canoes, fishing ground. Ka korero ia ki ona tangata kia haere ki te tauranga o nga waka, ki reira whanga mai ai i a raua (T. 169). Katahi ka hoe ratou, ka tae ki nga tauranga i tau ai nga waka i mua (T. 20). I te ata ka eke ia ki tetahi o nga waka ka tae ki te taunga (J. xx, 17). The expression tauranga ika is sometimes used. He whakatete ki nga tauranga ika, ki nga tauranga mango i waho o Puponga (W. iv, 112).
whakatau, v.t. 1. Cause to alight, etc. Titiro whakatau, look intently. Katahi ano taua tangata ka titiro whakatau atu (T. 61).
2. Attempt, try one's hand at. Katahi ano tona papa ka whakatau epa ake (T. 16).
3. Have recourse to. Whakatau noa iho ia ki te noho (T. 32). Katahi ano ia ka whakatau penei, “Moi !” (T. 27).
4. Imitate. Ko wai tau e whakatau nei?
5. Feign, make believe, simulate. Ka whakatau ki te kereru, ka rere.—Ka whakatauria e ia ki te kereru (W. ii, 66).
6. Go to meet, visit. Ka ki ake ki ana tamariki kia hoki atu ki Maketu ki te whakatau i ana whanaunga (T. 78).
7. Search, examine. Kua puta ke pea ia i tawhiti: katahi ia ka mea kia haere ia ki te whakatau (T. 184). Ka haere mai ki te whakatau i reira.
8. Adorn, make comely. To kiri i whakataua ki te renga horu (M. 158).
9. Put on as an ornament. Whakataua mai te awe o te toroa (M. 46).
10. Prepare, make ready. Ka whakatau i tona kanohi ki te pungarehu (Tr. vii, 48).
11. Address in formal speech, announce a formal decision, make a formal proposition. Heoi ano te putake o ta matou korero, he whakatau i a koe kia noho. Whakatau oha, make a dying speech. Whakatau-ki (generally written as one word), (a) Exclaim, say with emphasis. Katahi ia ka whakatauki atu, “Nana koutou, e whae ma,” etc. (T. 20). Ka whakatauki atu taua ruruhi ra ki a Te Huhuti, “E, e tia tonu tou humarie!” (T. 164). Ka whakatauki, “He aha tenei kai ?” (b) Utter a proverb, use for purpose of a proverb. Ko tenei manu ko te weka, e whakataukitia ana. (c) Saying, proverb, aphorism. Ka mea a Paoa, “Rahirahi tonu, kaua e matotoru”; a, mau tonu iho tenei whakatauki i a Ngati Paoa (T. 191). The form whakatauāki is also used in senses (b) and (c). Ka whakatauakitia, “E ! koia ano i mao ai; kaore, kua wheturangitia te marama” (W.M. viii, 110).
tatau, v.t. Settle down upon. Tatau atu ana te po i a koe, whiti ana te ra i a au nei; tatau atu ana te kohu i a koe, whiti ana te ra i a au nei (M. 132).
Tau (vi). 1. v.t. Sing. Ka tau te tini o te Hakuturi i tana tau (T. 55).
2. Sing of. Ki te mea he kiore te hinu i ro taha, ka taua ano te kiore.
3. v.i. Bark. Katahi ka tau te kuri nei (T. 120).
4. n. Song. ‖ 1, above.
5. Noise, report.
whakatau, v.i. Bark. Ka whakatau te kuri.
tautau, v.i. Howl. Katahi ka tukua, a, haere tautau ana (T. 19).
whakatautau, v.i. Moan, wail. Muri iho ka whakatautau te hoa, ka haere ki etahi kainga noho ai, tangi ai (T. 184). E tangi whakatautau ana ki tana tamaiti ka riro i te tira huirangi (S.).
Tau (vii), v.t. Attack. Ka haere te taua a Ngati Awa ki te tau i te pa o taua tangata (T. 182). Ka tauria te pa o Whakatohea, kihai i taea.
tatau, v.i. Quarrel. E tatau ana nga tangata.
whakatatau, v.i. Quarrel. I a ia e noho ana i tona matua ka whakatautau raua ko tona hoa wahine (T. 184).
Tau (viii).—
tatau. 1. v.t. Draw or push a sliding board. Pass. tauia. Tauia mai ra te papa o taku whare (T. 28).
– 397 –
2. Squeeze, express. Kua tapeke a matou pononga ki te tatau taweku.
3. n. Sliding slab or shutter to close a door or window. Toia ake te tatau kia tuwhera (T. 66). Kua toia mai te tatau o te whatitoka, o te pihanga; karatiti rawa (Pi. 175, 1). Tatau o te po, fig., death. E tomo, e pa, ki Mirumiru-te-po, te tatau o te po (M. 65). Tatau pounamu, enduring peace, and sometimes apparently some visible symbol of the same. Katahi ka poua te tatau pounamu.—Katahi a Ngarangi-mataeo ka ki, “Me tatau pounamu, kia kore ai e pakaru, ake, ake,”—Ka whakaarahia te tatau pounamu, ka pou ki Ohui; e tu nei inaianei, kaore i hinga tae noa ki tenei ra.
4. Door. (mod.).
Tau (ix), int. expressing satisfaction. Katahi te rau ma whitu ra ka whakatika ki te patu. Tau ! ka whati tera.
Tau (x), a. Strange. Used only in a few compound words, as tautangata, tauiwi, tau-whenua.
Tau (xi), prefix denoting reciprocal action. Used in such words as taurumarumaki, tauhonehone, taupatupatu, etc.
Tāua (i), pron. 1st pers. dual, including the person addressed. 1. You and I, you and me, we two, us two. “Taua ki uta.” “Taua ki te wai” (T. 5).
2. Sometimes used in addressing one's own tribe or party. Kati taua i konei, hei te ata ka haere taua ki te pa (T. 200). Kei hea taua ? (Where is the rest of our party ?).
Tāua (ii), n. 1. Old man, old woman. Ka riri taua tāua nei, ka patihau (Tr. vii, 43). He taua a Mahuika, he tupuna no Maui no te taha ki te hakui (Tr. vii, 38).
2. Ancestor, grandparent. Ka noho raua i kona, i te kainga o to raua taua (Tr. vii, 43).
Tauā (i), v.i. Wear mourning garments, mourn. Ka tu ki te mahi nga iwi e taua ra ki a Te Whetu.—E taua ana koe ? Kakahu tauā, mourning garb. Whare tauā, house built for accommodation of mourners while the expedition of revenge is absent. Ko koe hei roto i te whare taua noho mai ai (T. 60).
Tauā (ii).—
tautauā, n. 1. Inactivity. Me aha i te tautaua o nga tangata o tenei kainga ?
2. Coward. Te ingoa o tena tautaua, he towhare.
Taua (i), n. Hostile expedition, army. Ka rewa te taua a Whakataupotiki (T. 41). An avenging expedition summoned immediately after the occurrence of the disaster to be avenged was called taua toto or taua wha-whati rau rakau. Ka puta nga pa i ora ki te taua toto (T. 91). Taua ngaki mate was a more deliberate proceeding. He maha nga taua ngaki mate, kaore i mate mai tetahi tangata o te iwi o Manahua. Taua-a-poke, a party of people who assemble to carry off a woman or to protest against a certain marriage, etc.
Taua (ii), pron. That before mentioned. Pl. aua. Ka hui taua iwi ki te matakitaki (T. 37). Sometimes when followed by nei it is equivalent to a certain. Tutaki ana i taua wahine nei e wero manu ana mana (T. 95). A curious construction is that of taua rua, both, though one only had been previously mentioned. Ka whiti te tao te papa o te iramutu, taua rua nga papa (Tr. vii, 31).
Taua (iii), int. Give way !
Taua (iv), v.t. 1. Begin to weave; apparently a technical word. E taua ana ahau i taku hihima.
2. Succeed, be next in succession to. Mana ahau e taua. (Said by a chief of his son.)
Tauake, taueke, n. Old man.
Tauāki. ‖ tau (v).
Tauaki, v.t. Expose, publish, show. Whakakore rawa ake, ka tauaki nui tonu (M. 368). Taonga i huna, taonga i tauakina, ka turama koe te manu a Tipa (M.M. 144). Ka tauehe, tauaki, tawhiti e au (S. 35).
Tauapo, v.t. 1. Hug, carry in the arms. Tauapohia mai te tamaiti na.
2. Take all for oneself.
‖ apo.
Tauārai. 1. n. Screen, barrier, obstruction.
2. v.t. Separate, keep apart. Te kore tohunga ra hei wehe ki te wai, kia tauaraitia (M. 57). Whamamao rawa te ripa tauarai (M. 237).
Tauare, tauari = tauware.
Tauaro. 1. a. Facing towards one, opposite. Taria e tuku iho, kia tauaro mai nga tokorua a Taingarue (M. xcviii). I ngaro ki hea te waka ? Ina te tauarotanga mai o te waka.
2. Straight, direct. Ko taku kumara, ko Rongo, ko Tamamatuarangi, i heke tauaro i taitua o Hawaiki (W.M. ix, 11).
3. n. Spasmodic jerking of the limbs, regarded as a good or bad omen according to direction.
‖ aro.
Tauaroaki, v.i. Face towards, stand opposite. Matuku tautiaki, tauaroaki (Ika, 119). ‖ tauaro.
Tauaru, v.t. Follow. Haere ra, e pa, kei hoki te kanohi ki muri ki a koe. Ka pa ianei i hinga ke atu, e tauarutia (S.).
Tauawhi, v.t. 1. Embrace. Ko te whaka-whirinaki tauawhi nui au (M. 201).
2. Cling to. Ka warea to iwi ra ki te tauawhi i ta ratou waka i te tahuritanga (W. 111, 44).
tauawhiawhi, v.t. Mutually support one another by passing the arms round one another.
Tauehe = tauwehe.
Taueke = tauake.
– 398 –
Taueki, n. Strap or sling for carrying a bundle on the back.
Tauhanga = tauwhanga.
Tauhara, n. Odd one, one having no fellow.
‖ hara (ii).
Tauhei, n. The ceremony of joining the component parts of a net. Tauheikuri, a daughter of Kahungunu, was so called to commemorate the fact that the hakari for his tauhei was a dog, not a man.
Tauheke. 1. v.i. Descend, decline.
2. Grow old. Ka tauheke au, ka hinga, ka mate (S.).
3. n. Old man.
‖ heke, koroheke.
Tauhena = tauwhena.
Tauhere (i). 1. v.t. Tie, bind.
2. v.i. Be suspended, hang. Ao mauru e tauhere mai ra na runga ana mai te hiwi kei Te Tawake (M. 147). Ra te ao uru ka tauhere te hiwi ki Hikonga (M. 148).
Tauhere (ii), v.i. Grow spontaneously; used of potatoes of last season left in the ground. Ha ! kua kopura te riwai nei, kua tauhere nga kai kua mahue.
Tāuhi = tāuwhi.
Tauhikohiko, v.i. ? Move backwards and forwards. Rarangi noa ra te rangai kuaka kia tauhikohiko (M. 391).
Tauhiku, v.i. Be in the rear.
whakatauhiku, v.i. Place oneself in the rear. Na te toa ia i whakatauhiku ai.
Tauhinu, n. Pomaderris phylicaefolia, a shrub.
Tauhinu-korokio, tauhinu-koromiko, Cassinia leptophylla, a shrub.
Tauhinga, v.i. Decline, as the sun. E to, e te ra, tauhinga ki te rua (S.).
Tauhoa, v.t. Befriend.
Tauhōkai. 1. v.i. Extend the limbs. Tauhokai au, e hoa ma, ka mau te tipona kei te tinana (M. 188).
2. Glide or float along, move quickly. E rere ra te ao uru, tauhokai ana ki te tara ki te uru ra (M. 223). E rere ra te ao uru, tauhokai ana i runga ra (M. 249).
3. Rise, of heavenly bodies. Tauhokai ana Kopu i te ata (M. 69).
4. n. Strut, cross brace. Te tauhokai he titoko mo te rauwiri kei hinga i te ia.
5. Stake to secure a net or eel pot in the river.
‖ hokai.
Tauhonehone, v.t. Snatch or pull from one another.
Tauhoro.—Naku koe, koe tauhoro iho ki te whare koropana tata ki te wai (M. 251).
Tauhou. 1. a. Strange, unacquainted. He tauhou te whenua, he tauhou te tangata (T. 148).
2. n. Stranger, one unacquainted with a person or place. Kihai i roa te hahautanga mai o nga tauhou, kua nohio mai ko Paoa tera (T. 193).
3. Zosterops lateralis, blight bird. (mod.) ‖ tau (x).
Tauhouanga, tauhounga, n. Last year.
Tāuhu = tāhū.
Tauhutihuti, v.t. Pull one another's hair. Kei te tauhutihuti i a raua.
Taui. 1. v.i. Be sprained. Ka taui toku waewae. Also of a stiff neck. Ka taui toku kaki.
2. Be slack, of tide. Meake taui te tai.—Kia horo te tahuti nga tai ka taui i waho o Te Ihiwa (N.M. i, 38).
3. n. Flight, retreat.
Tauia. ‖ tau (ii), (viii).
Tauihi, v.i. Glide in the air, soar.
Tauihu, n. 1. Figurehead of a canoe.
2. Bow of a canoe. Ka haere ia ki te tauihu o te waka (Tr. vii, 39).
Tāuira, a. Gleaming. Ki te ata tauira mai (M. 217). ‖ uira.
Tauira, n. 1. Teacher, skilled person. Hei whakakite mana ki ia tangata, ki ia tangata kia waiho ai ia hei tauira (T. 178).
2. Pupil, particularly one under instruction by a tohunga, such a one being called at one stage of tuition tauira horomata. Ehara te tae ki te atua, kia mauru tona ngakau i te ika a tona tauira (T. 22).
3. Pattern. Ka mahue iho te kupenga nei, ka riro mai i a Kahukura hei tauira mana (T. 179). Applied figuratively to the sun. Korikori taua, ka taka tauira (Let us be moving, the sun is sinking).
4. Copy. Ka kite a Maui-atamai i te mahi tauira a Maui-wareware i tana punga (W. 11, 113).
5. In karakia the word is used in a mystic sense in juxtaposition with such words as tohunga, atua, tama, karakia, etc. I ena karakia, i ena tauira (T. 87). No Tenei ariki, no tenei tauira (M. 296). Ena nga atua, ena nga pu, ena nga take, ena nga tauira, o karakia mana (T. 88). Ko koe te waka tauiratia ana mai e koe te kaha (Ike. 85).
Tauirakohe, n. A shrub.
Tauiwi, n. Strange tribe, foreign race. Ko Waikato kau tera e rere ra; he tauiwi anake e noho mai ra.—I hui katoa ano nga tauiwi nei ki roto (M. 153). ‖ tau (x).
Tāuka, int. Stay, wait a while. ‖ uka.
Taukaea, n. 1. Thread used to fasten a fish-hook to the line.
2. Rope.
Taukahiwi, n. Ridge of a hill.
Taukahore, int. expressing surprise. Taukahore ! nga mea nei, te pine !
Taukaikai, v.i. Quarrel, contend together.
Taukaka, n. Ridge, spur, of a hill. Ko tetahi o nga kiwi ka whaia i runga i te taukaka.
Taukamo, v.i. Wink, blink.
– 399 –
Taukapo, v.i. Twinkle, of a star. Tera te whetu taukapo ana mai, i (S. 16).
Taukari, n. 1. A digging tool.
2. Penis.
Taukāuki, n. Spur, of a hill.
Taukawe, n. Loop to serve as a handle. ‖ tau (ii).
Tāuke, a. Apart, separate. Me tauke tena pehanga.—Ka mate korua i te whainga mai ki taku hika tauke (M. 231).
Taukehe, n. Odd one, in counting game by pairs. Kotahi pu, ka rua pu, taukehe. ‖ kehe.
Taukini, v.t. Pinch. He taukini tonu ki a Pehiroa (S. 50).
taukinikini, v.t. Pinch one another as a sign of affection. E peka nei taua ki tahaki, a taukinikini, a taurakuraku (M. 172).
Taukiri, taukuri, taikiri. 1. int. expressing distress, surprise, ridicule, etc. Ai, taukiri e, i huna iho hoki koe ki roto ki te hopara nui a Toi (T. 63). Kia whakatauki au i konei, “Aue, taukuri, e” (S.). Taikiri ! taikiri ! kore rawa nei koe e ki mai ki ahau (T. 165).
2. a. Mournful. Kia tangi taukiri te wahine a Titiu (M. 315). Tangi taukuri ai au, e te mamae (S.).
3. v.i. Mourn. Ko te taukiritanga o te manu ra.
Tāukiuki, a. Of long standing, ancient. ‖ uki.
Taukoro, n. A large basket.
Taukoru, a. Bellied, filled out. I titiro au ki tou kakahu ka taukoru i te riwai. ‖ koru (i).
Taukuao, n. 1. A tree.
2. Fern root not yet fit for use.
Taukumekume, v.t. Contend for, struggle for, pull one against another. Mehemea ka taukumekume taua i te tamaiti, kia riro mai i a au, kia riro mai i a koe. ‖ kume.
Taukuri = taukiri.
Taumaha. 1. a. Heavy. Ka mea ake nga tamariki, “Kia taumaha, kia taumaha” (W. ii, 23). = taimaha.
2. Of a genealogy, ? in the direct line. (Tar.) He ara ariki, he ara taumaha, he ara tuawhenua.
3. n. An incantation recited when food is offered to the atua, or for rendering food, etc., free from tapu, and for other purposes. Ko te taumaha mo nga kai (M. 400).
4. v.t. Recite the taumaha over anything. Ka taumahatia, ka karakiatia, kia noho ai te wairua tohunga ki roto i a ia.
Taumahaki, v.t. Cause to ulcerate. Ko koe, kei taumahakitia e koe te tiri o tenei mate (M. 430). ‖ mahaki.
Taumāhekeheke, v.i. Compete one with another in friendly rivalry for the possession of some object. Ka taumahekeheke raua, ka karangatia kia whakaarahia ano ta raua kai.—Ma te aha ra e taea ai te taumahekeheke te waka o to koutou iwi ? (W.M. xiii, 69).
Taumaihi, n. 1. An upright slab placed against the front of the side walls of a native house so as to support the maihi.
2. Small tower in a pa, from which missiles were thrown.
3.—Taumaihi te winiwini, taumaihi te wanawana (K.).
Taumaka, n. Acanthoclinus quadridactylus, a fish. (Tahu.)
Taumano, ad. Long, for a long time. Ka tautini, ka taumano ki te wai no Tuwhakararo (M. 276). ‖ tautini.
Taumanu. 1. n. Thwart of a canoe. Ka tae a Manaia ki taua ika ana ra, ka herea ki te taumanu o te waka (T. 118).
2. Projecting foot piece of a ko.
3. v.t. Take possession of another's goods.
Taumapu, v.t.—Ka taumapua nga waka raka.
Taumārere, n. A plaited cord passing over the ridge-pole and down the rafters to secure the kaho in their places. = kaumahaki, tataki.
Taumarere, v.i. Fall, drop. Kei te taumareretanga i raro (S. 22).
Taumārō, a. Obstinate. He taumaro no Tohi te mau ai te rongo.
Taumaro, n. A rude form of maro, often a simple bunch of flax tow, worn by female children.
Wahine taumaro, an unmarried girl.
Taumaru, a. 1. Shaded. Taumaru ana to tatou kainga.
2. Overshadowing.
taumarumaru, a. 1. Shady. Ka whiti te ra, ka haere raua ki waho, ki te wahi taumarumaru noho ai (Tr. vii, 50).
2. Overshadowing, overhanging. Te taumarumaru o te pari nei ki runga ki a taua! Akuanei taua te horoa ai.
Taumata. 1. v.t. Gaze on, let the eyes rest on. I wheteitei ai ko tawhiti, piki ake ai au ki runga o Whitireia, ki te taumata mai te marama i wheteitei te uiratanga mai (S. 60).
‖ matatau.
2. n. Brow of a hill. E whakaangi mai ra i tana manu i runga i te taumata (T. 59). Eke ake ai nga tangata ki tetahi taumata (T. 151).
3. Resting place, but only when on a hill. Taumata okiokinga, a figurative expression for a great chief.
4. A rite to weaken the enemy. ‖ J. vi, 54; Wai. 27. Hei taumata atu mohou ki te riri na (M. 407). Katahi ka hoatu i te oranga mo ratau, ko te kete, ko te ahi, ko te taumata; katahi ratau ka haere; ka tae ki runga ki te taumata (ridge) ka tahoka atu i te taumata ki te pa. Called also ahi taumata, ahi ta whakataumata, and ta whakataumata. The fire used was sometimes regarded as affording an omen for operations against the enemy.
whakataumata. ‖ taumata, 4.
Taumātakitahi, tautakitahi, tautaumātakitahi.
– 400 –
1. v.t. Select a champion for each side in fighting.
2. Engage in single combat. Ka tonoa a Koura e Te Piareare kia puta mai ki waho, kia taumatakitahi raua.
3. n. Single combat. He riri taumatakitahi, raua ko tetehi tangata; he taiaha ta tetahi, he kurutai ta tetahi.
Taumatua, n. 1. The place where the pure for a kumara plantation, or other similar ceremonies, were performed. He tapu nga rua koiwi, he tapu nga taumatua, he tapu nga tuhinapo.—He huanui haere ki te taumatua karakia (Tr. vii, 44).
2. A tree on which birds are taken in snares attached to branches. Ko te rakau tipapa, he rakau huinga no te kereru, he taumatua.—He taumatua a Wahianoa, he kahikatea.
3. Support, assistance. Anei te rakau, hei taumatua mou.
Taumau, taumou. 1. v.t. Hold, keep in place. Hei taumau kau te harekeke nei mo nga toetoe, taria e karapiti.—Me ko wai rawa e taumau ki te whare? (S. ii, 8).
2. Bespeak, reserve for oneself. I Moehau ke a Tama-te-kapua i te whakamana i tana taumau mo Moehau (J. ii, 224).
3. v.i. Be bespoken, be betrothed. Kua kite mai a Te Naue i te moenga o Matatini, taumau tonu mai (Pi. 131, 6). No te itinga tenei wahine i taumau ai.
4. n. Act of bespeaking or appropriating land, etc., on discovery. No te mea kua riro katoa taua takiwa i nga taumau a nga tangata tokotoru (J. ii, 223).
Taumauri, n. Calmness, deliberation. Kaua e takaturia tatou kia tau te taumauri ki raro. ‖ mauri.
Taumingi, n. Cyathodes juniperina, a shrub. = mingi.
Taumiromiro.—
whakataumiromiro, n. The curved upper part of a ko (digging implement).
Taumou = taumau.
Taumua, n. The front portion of a canoe, which is fitted on to the main body of the hull.
Taumutu, n. Abrupt spur of a mountain.
taumutumutu, n. A pattern in the ornamental border of cloaks.
Taunaha, v.t. Bespeak. Kei te taunaha haere mai a Taikehu ma i nga whenua katoa o te tahatika (T. 75).
taunahanaha, v.t., freq. Bespeak, of several persons. Taunahanaha kau ana ratou i nga whare, i nga mahinga (T. 121).
Taunahua, n. 1. Obstacle.
2. Difficult parturition.
whakataunahua, v.t. Forestall in the occupation of land.
Taunaki, v.t. Support, reinforce. Taku whakatikanga atu ki runga e taunaki ake ana i te tira mahi kai mo Tamaitikore (W.M. vi, 49). ‖ inaki, whirinaki.
Taunapi, n. A tattooed band round the wrist.
taunanapi, v.t. Handle, be busied with.
Taunanawe, v.t. Excite, provoke. Tenei koa taua te kiia mai nei e to tupuna e taunanawe riri koe (M. 17). ‖ nanawe.
Taunoka = tainoka, n. Carmichaelia australis, native broom; a shrub. E rite koe ki te taunoka. (A proverbial expression applied to an unreliable vacillating person.)
Taunu, v.t. Jeer. Ano ka pouri te tamaiti ra ki taua kupu taunu ki a ia (W. v, 15).
Taunuke, n. Stalk of gourds. Ko ahau te kakano o te taunuke o te hue o tena tangata, o Tuhoe.
Taunga (i). 1. v.i. Become familiarised, become intimate. Ka hoki te teretere nei, kua taunga ki te kotiro i tukua atu ra e tona matua (T. 143).
2. Be at home in a place, become domesticated. Ka taungatia matou ki tenei kainga.
3. n. Bond of connection between families. Ko wai te taunga i taunga ai koutou ki kona?
4. Dividing cartilage of the nose.
Taunga (ii). ‖ tau (v).
Taungaungau, v.i. Wrangle.
Tauomaoma, v.t. Race, strive in running.
Tauonioni. v.i. Copulate.
Taupā. 1. v.t. Obstruct, prevent. Kihai au haere; i taupatia au e te tangata i te po.
2. n. Obstruction, boundary. I hoki mai taua, e, i te taupa ki Whakamarama (M. 400).
3. A charm used by a man dying, or leaving his wife, to withhold her from other men.
4. Hymen.
5. Fat covering the intestines, omentum.
6. Subdivision, section in a cultivation.
Taupae. 1. n. Ridge of a hill. Ka haere, ka tae ki te taupae, ka tutaki i a Karihi.
2. a. Beyond easy reach. Taupae rawa atu ki tua o te Wharau, e hine (N.M. iii, 346).
Taupaepae. 1. v.t. Meet and escort visitors in as they arrive. Kua riro nga tangata kai te taupaepae i a Ngati Awa.
2. n. Counter-attack. Ka tae te rongo ki a Tuhoe, ka whakatika, ka whakaekea e ratau a Te Takatakanga, he taupaepae ara he whakaeke, he tiaki i te hoariri, e paepae ana i te ope.
Taupahī, n. Camping place. Ka tata ki te taupahi ka noho, ka whanga ki te haparatanga o te ata ka huaki ai. ‖ pahī.
Taupaki. 1. v.t. Pat, slap. Katahi ka taupakitia te tangata ra. ‖ paki (ii).
2. n. Apron, kilt. Ka tahuri a Hine ki te kopekope i tana tu, no te mea ka taka tana taupaki ki te whenua (W. ii, 140). ‖ paki (iii).
Taupapatu. ‖ taupatupatu.
– 401 –
Tauparapara. 1. v.t. Play with one another.
2. n. Incantation for moving a canoe on a portage, and possibly for other purposes. No te toanga o Tainui i Otahuhu, kotahi tauparapara, ka rua, ka toru … ka tekau; no te mea he karakia tonu enei tauparapara (J. ii, 212).
3. Nothopanax arboreum, a tree. = whau-whau.
Taupare, v.t. Obstruct, thwart. E ngaro nei nga tangata, he riri ki a koe, he taupare i a koe. ‖ pare.
Tauparoro. 1. v.i. Play on themapara, or castanets.
2. n. A game in which one player tries, by rapid movement of the hand, to avoid downward strokes of a rod.
Taupata, n. Coprosma repens, a shrub.
Taupatiti, n. Love charm. ‖ Wai 23.
Taupatupatu, v.t. 1. Beat one another. Ka taupatupatu te riri (M. 195).
2. Compete or vie with one another. Katahi ka taupatupatu te mahi o te kumara.
3. Debate, call in question. Kaore tenei i taupatupatua.
taupapatu, v.t. Beat against. Te rokohanga atu nga tai o te awa e taupapatu ana i te matarae ra (S. 104).
Tāupe. 1. v.t. Bend down. Taupetia mai te rakau na kia taea atu ai e au nga hua.
2. a. Bending, stooping.
3. Not rigid, yielding, weak.
4. Variable.
5. n. Hunchback.
whakatāupe, v.i. Regard oneself with admiration, i.e., bend over thewai whakaata.
Taupetupetu, a. Uncertain, doubtful. (Tar.)
Taupiko, n. Pendant of greenstone.
Taupiri. a. Clinging close, maintaining attachment, intimate. Tena koe, e noho manene mai na i tena kainga, e noho tahi mai na i ou hoa taupiri, me ou hoa takapui.
taupiripiri, v.i. Go arm in arm, clasp one another, round the waist.
Taupō, n. 1. A ferruginous earth or stone.
2. A rough black and yellow cloak.
Taupoki. 1. v.t. Cover, close with a lid. Taupokina te pouaka.
2. Turn an open vessel, etc., bottom upwards. Ka mea a Marutuahu, “Tukua ki raro.” Katahi ka taupokina i runga i a ratou (T. 142).
3. Turn over the soil in digging.
4. Overwhelm, overthrow. No taua ra ano ka whakaekea e Toarangatira te pa o Tuahu-mahina i Heahea; ka taupokina taua pa, a Heahea, ka taea (W. iv, 96). Hei reira ka huaki atu ai, ka taupoki hoki, ka patu ai. So, Taupokina! Taupokina!Charge! Attack!
5. n. Lid, cover.
6. Lintel of a door. ‖ J. v, 148.
7. Violent wind, hurricane. Aha te hau e pa mai nei? He uru? He tonga? He paraawa? He taupoki? (M. 111).
whakataupoki, v.t. Overturn. Ma te ihu waka, ma te kakau hoe e whakataupoki te riu o te waka o Maui (M. 111).
taupopoki, n. Some part of the bow of a canoe.
taupokipoki. 1. v.t. Cover over. Ka pokipoki nga ringa, a ka taupokipoki te maro rakau, ka taupokipoki, ka ranga te kete (T. 88).
2. n. A pattern used in the ornamental borders of superior cloaks.
‖ poki.
Tauponapona, n. Quipu, knotted cord, used for conveying information. ‖ pona.
Taupopoia, n. Loop or handle attached to an eel pot, etc. ‖ popoia.
Taupopoki. ‖ taupoki.
Tauporo, v.t. Bring to an end, cut short. Kua tauporoa te tuwha i nga kai. ‖ poro.
Taupū. 1. n. Heap.
2. a. Heaped up, lying in a heap. Ki te iwi ra ia, e taupu mai ra i te tai ki te tonga (M. 116). Kei reira nga waka e taupu ana. ‖ pū (i).
Taupua. 1. v.i. Rest, support oneself. Taupua kau au te rae ki Waiariki (S. 98). Ka taupua nga tangata ki runga ki te takere o te waka.
2. Float on the water. Ka mutu, tapotu ana ki te wai, taupua ai (Pi 135, 3). Ka kau i te moana, a, ka ngenge, ka taupua.
3. Lie in wait. Kua taupua te riri (The forces are waiting to attack one another).
4. Take breath. Kotahi tonu te haerenga ake i raro, a, taupua rawa atu, i te tihi ra ano.
5. Subside.
6. v.t. Bear up, support.
7. Bespeak. E taupua ana ahau i tena mea maku.
8. a. Affording rest. Kāinga taupua, temporary abode.
9. In the expression manu taupua, applied to a male bird which acts as sentry while the rest are feeding. Used figuratively for a chief. Taku manu taupua o te rae (M. 385). Ko nga manu tute me nga manu taupua, he tahe katoa, ahakoa he aha te manu. ‖ taupunga.
Taupuhi, n. Darling, chosen one. I haramai ra koe i taku taupuhi (J. liii, 40).
Taupuhipuhi. 1. v.i. Lean one on another.
2. v.t. Support a person by placing the arm round him.
Taupuku, n. Gaultheria antipoda, snow-berry; a shrub.
Taupuni, n. Temporary encampment.
taupunipuni, n. Place of assignation.
Taupunga. 1. v.t. Sink, submerge.
– 402 –
2. a. In the expression manu taupunga, decoy bird. Also used of a male bird which acts as sentry while other birds are feeding. Used figuratively for a chief. ‖ taupua.
Taupuru, a. Overcast, gloomy. He rangi taupuru.
Taupurua = punarua.
taupurupuru, v.t. Support a person by placing the arm round him. Kotahi au i kite i taupurupurutia ai e ona hoa.
Tauputu, v.i. Lie in a heap. ‖ putu.
Tāura = tauira, n. 1. A tohunga who accompanies an army to battle.
2. The second order of learners being initiated in esoteric lore. Ngau atu ki ona taura, ngau atu ki ona pia (K.).
Taura, n. 1. Rope, cable, cord. Katahi a Whakatau ka nanao ki te pito o tana taura (T. 62). Taura whakaara, fore stay of a canoe sail; actually the rope by which the mast and sail together were raised.
2. A piece of wood for fastening the window of a whare.
NOTE.—The fact that the word means rope, cable, in Ta., Ha., Nuk.; and anchor in Sa., Tik., Ni., Rar.; and both cable and anchor in Fu., To., Uv., raised a strong presumption that there is some connection with tau (v).
Taurakeke, a. In the expression whiri taurakeke, a square plait of ten strands.
Tauraki. 1. v.t. Dry by exposure to the sun.
2. a. Dried. Ki te waha mai i nga ika tauraki, kua maroke (J. xx, 21).
3. n. Drought.
Taurakuraku, v.t. Scratch one another, a method of making amorous advances. A taukinikini, a taurakuraku (M. 172).
Tauranga. ‖ tau (v).
Taurangi. 1. a. Unsettled, changing, changeable. Tukua atu au kia haere hei karoro tipi one ra, e, paewai takawhenua e taurangi te hau (S.). I tau ai ki raro ra, he moe taurangi kau (i.e., sleeping only for a single night there) (M. 267).
2. Incomplete, unsatisfied, unfulfilled. Hei aha te whakaatu taurangi? Mihi taurangi, unsatisfied longing. Ki taurangi, promise, pledge.
3. v.t. Grieve for. E taurangi ana ki tana tamaiti.
4. n. Wanderer. Me he taurangi tonu tē whakaau mai ra (S. 90).
‖ arangi.
Taurapa, n. Stern-post of a canoe.
Taurapirapi, v.t. Claw or scratch one another.
Taurāpunga, n. A red-skinned variety of kumara.
Taurarangi.—He purotu a Tawhaki, he mokopu taurarangi, he ariki a Tawhaki (W. i, 87).
Taurarua, n. Witchcraft. Ko te oranga i te mate turoro, i te whaiwhaia, … te taurarua (M. lxxxi).
Taurawhi = tourawhi, a. Male of animals.
Taurei, a.—He kuku taurei, a species of mussel with white flesh.
Taureka, taurekareka, taurereka, n. 1. Captive taken in war, slave. E kai mai i taku taureka i a Ururangi (M. 247). Ka haere te wahine nei ka oma raua ko tana taurereka; ka haere a Te Kahureremoa raua ko tona taurekareka (T. 144).
2. Scoundrel. E tau ake ana ano koe, e, taurekareka! (T. 63).
Taurekereke, a. Knotted, tied in knots. I ki atu ahau ki a ia kia taurekereke nga tapa o te kakahu.
Tauremu, n. Fish basket. Ki tenei tapa-ngutu, ki tenei tauremu (S.). Pa tauremu, eel weir.
Taurepo, n. Rhabdothamnus solandri, a shrub.
Taurere, v.i. Lament, mourn. Titiro mai o mata ki a au, e noho taurere nei (M. 302).
‖ aurere.
Taurewa, a. 1. Having no settled habitation.
2. Fugitive, fleeing. Ka hewa te ngakau i oma taurewa ia (S. ii, 15). I tipia taurewatia ia (He was killed while fleeing).
3. Not paid for, unrequited. He taonga taurewa.
taurewarewa, v.i. 1. Loiter, lag behind.
2. Used of the motion of a wave as it rises just before breaking.
Tauri, 1. n. Fillet, band; particularly the plaited flax cord for securing the feathers or dog's hair ornamenting the head of a taiaha. Na ratou i whakairo, a i mahi te tauri ki taua taiaha (W. v, 42). Tauri komore, (a) wristlet or anklet of plaited grass, or, of flax, ornamented with feathers or shells, worn by girls of rank. Te tauri komore he karetu, he mea takirikiri, ka whiria kia pai, ka mau ki nga waewae he tohu rangatira no nga wahine rangatira. (b) A tattooed band round the wrist or ankle. ‖ komore.
2. The feathers or hair attached to a taiaha by the fillet as above.
3. v.t. Bind, secure with a fillet. Kua tauritia te kura o to taiaha.
Tauria. ‖ tau (ii), (vii).
Taurikura, a. Prosperous, at peace, free from distractions; used in the term kainga
taurikura. ‖ houkura.
Taurima. 1. v.t. Entertain. I warea ki te taurima i tana manuhiri.
2. Treat with care, tend. Kei te pai a koutou korero atawhai ta ngata, taurimu i te whenua (W.M. xii, 290). Tamaiti taurima, adopted child (Tar.).
3. n. Hospitality, attention to strangers.
Tauriparipa, n. 1. Horizon. Tera Wharahi tauriparipa o te rangi, me hiko atu ko Taranui hei tau ki te whare (S.).
– 403 –
2. Bounding range. Me he taurangi tonu tē whakaau mai ra, ko te tauriparipa te wa kia taukawe (S. 90).
Taurite, a. 1. Opposite. Kua taurite ki te kainga o tenei tangata (T. 148).
2. Alike, matching. Tirohia mai ra aku pewa i taurite, tenei ka titoko (S.).
Tauronarona, v.i. Pull against one another on a rope or stick.
Tauroto (i), n. Stern-piece of a canoe.
Tauroto (ii), v.i. Make a second growth (of root crops).
Kua tauroto nga riwai.—Kua tipu tauroto nga riwai.
Tauroto (iii).—Ehara pea i te potiki tauroto waenga a Papawharanui (M. 41).
Tāuru (i) = tā uru, n. West wind. E tauru waho e wawara mai nei (M. 118). ‖ tā (iv).
Tāuru (ii), n. 1. Head or source of a stream. No reira i topetopetia ai nga rakau … tototia ai ki nga tauru o te awa, ko Tohinga (W. i, 157).
2. Top of a tree, etc. Tenei mea te kapu, ko te aria o te tauru o te pou rahui. Pou tauru, a synonym for the hiwi of a bird snare. ‖ Tr. xlii, 467.
‖ kauru.
Tauru, n. 1. Roller for moving a canoe. He tauru waka tenei kia kaha ai te to.
2. Seashore, beach. (Tar.).
Taurua (i), n. A canoe used for working a kaharoa (seine net). Whakarongorongo ana te taringa ki te haumi o te taurua e kuku nei (M. 243).
Taurua (ii), a. Long. of an indefinite time. Ka taurua taua i te whakatautenga (M. 229). Taku mate tautini, taku mate taurua ki te whare (M. 275).
Taurua (iii), a. Double, in pairs.
Taurumarumaki, v.t. Duck one another in the water.
Tauta, v.t. Ballast, trim, a canoe. Kia tauta i te waka kei titaha, kei tahuri. ‖ uta (ii).
Tautahi, n. 1. Odd one. E waru pu tautahi (Eight couples and an odd one).
2. Single child, i.e., one at a birth; sometimes only child; apparently sometimes also a stepchild. Waiho i kona te ika hui rua a te tautahi a Kokamutu.
Tautahua.—Rokohina atu ia i tautahua i nga tupapaku i roto i te whare (Tr. vii, 48). (Wohlers does not translate; nor does White, who gives the passage with te before tautahua; there has evidently been some error in transcription.) ‖ tahua.
Tautai.—Ko te ahi tautai, he ahi na te ngu.
Tautaka, a. Top-heavy, unsteady. Tautaka ki to tatou waka.
Tautakitahi. ‖ taumatakitahi.
Tautama.—'Ore i whakarato ki te rau e pae na, ta tautama i whakamatau iho (M. 139).
Tautane, n. Some ceremony connected with the pure rites. Mara tautane, a portion of the kumara ground set apart of the atua, to secure their good will with regard to the rest of the crop. Ka tae ki te wa e tata ai ki te raumati, ka tamata marire i te mara tautane; he mara tapu tenei, he mara iti nei.
Tautanga, n. Alighting. Mataotao noa te tautanga iho, kei whea ko te tau i whaia e au? (M. 416). ‖ tau (v).
Tautangata, n. Stranger. I kite ano au he tautangata koe (M. 267). ‖ tau (x).
Tautapa. 1. v.i. Give the word for action. Katahi ka tautapa te whakahauhau a te hunga e tu iho ra i te taumata, “E, kua ngaro kei roto: kumea” (T. 151).
2. Chant a song for the purpose of keeping time in any united effort.
3. v.t. Nominate, designate. Ka tautapatia e au a W. Kingi Te Rangihuatake hai kaikarakia.
4. Challenge. I te tautapa riri te hunga na ki a au.—Tae tonu te kaiwhai ki reira, ka ririri ki te pa; tautapa tonu atu ki te riri te kaiwhai. Riri tautapatapa, single combat according to previous challenge.
‖ tapa (ii).
Tautara, n. 1. Peak, hilltop. Ko Kopu koia kapokapo mai … e i te tautara (S.). Aua atu e whakangaro i te tautara ki Orangi ra (M. 418).
2. Rod to support a line when fishing from a canoe, or when fishing for eels.
3. v.t. Fasten, affix. Ko te toroa uta naku i tautara ki te akerautangi (N.M. i, 40).
4. Beam of a hamuti. (Whang.)
5. n. A derogatory term used of irresponsible young people (Tar.). Taku rikarika ki nga tautara nei.
Tautari. 1. n. Upright rod in the wall of a native house, supporting the small battens to which the reeds of the tukutuku lattice are fastened. = tumatakahuki.
2. v.t. Fix thetautari. Kei te tautari te whare o Tuke.
Tautata, n. A stick to keep open the mouth of a titoko hand net used for taking kokopu.
Tautauā. ‖ tauā (ii).
Tautauāmoa. 1. a. Without organisation, without co-operation, each for himself. He riri tautauamoa; riri ana tera i tana, tera i tana.—Tautauamoa rawa tana kai, tana kai.
2. n. Chance acquaintance. Also termed hoa tautauamoa.
Tautauhea = tautauwhea.
Tautaumahei, n. A variety of taro.
Tautaumatakitahi. ‖ taumatakitahi.
Tautauwhea, tautauhea, a. 1. Plebeian, of low origin. Nukunukutia ia te wahine tautauwhea ki tahaki, kia watea te nohoanga o
– 404 –
te wahine tiketike (M. 194). Ko wai te wahine tautauhea e kai mai taku matua? (M. 398).
2. Cowardly, inactive.
Tautāwhi, v.t. 1. Come to the assistance of, support.
2. Restrain, detain. Kaore ou kupu tautawhi i te wahine ra kia noho? Manu tauaāwhi: When birds were presented to visitors one, which was so termed, was kept back by the hosts, and buried, in order to restrain the birds from forsaking the forest preserves when the guests left.
Taute. 1. v.t. Mature, bring to perfection. Taute te titoki, whero te rata i te waru (Thetitokiripens its fruit, theratais red in the eighth month.) (P. 85).
2. Prepare food for cooking.
3. Tend, look after. Hoki marire atu ki uta nga waka o te mano ra, ki uta hoki taute ai i a ia (T. 41). Kei muri te tangata tetere nei e taute i a ia.
4. Consider, ponder over. Kia ata taute marire.
5. v.i. Mourn. Ka eke i te ngaro, ka noho taute au (M. 31). Ka taute noa au i konei (S. 36).
6. a. Hampered, burdened, embarrassed. Taute ana te wahine i te maha o ana tamariki.
7. n. Quarrel, disturbance.
whakataute, 1. v.t. Bother, beset, impede. Ka taurua taua i te whakatautenga (M. 229).
2. n. Charge, anything one has to attend to. tāuteute. 1. v.t. Distribute, divide into portions.
2. v.i. Be occupied, be engrossed, be absorbed in occupation.
whakatāuteute, n. Occupation, object of attention, worry. Ko ana whakatauteute, ko tana wahine, ko ana tamariki ka riro ra.
Tauteka. 1. n. Brace, prop.
2. Pole on which a weight is carried between two persons.
3. Piece of wood used to twist up the lashing of anything in order to tighten it.
Ara tauteka, ladder made by lashing cross pieces on to a pole.
4. v.t. Support with a prop.
5. Carry on a pole.
6. Tighten by twisting.
‖ teka (ii).
Tautātete, v.t. Feint, fence, in fighting. Ka tautetete ratou ki a ratou (W. iv, 172).
Tautīaki. 1. v.t. Tend, guard, take care of. Te tautiaki mai ai te ika a te aitu (M. 223).
2. n. The upright carved slabs placed beneath the maihi, at the front ends of the side walls of a native house. Ka pa tona rakau ki te mahihi, ki te tautiaki, ki te riko.
Tautika. 1. a. Even, level.
2. Straight, direct. Tautika te haere ki to matua, ki a Te Tara (M. 16).
3. n. Boundary. Ko te tautika tenei o te kainga.
Tautimai. 1. int. Welcome!
2. v.i. Come. (Tahu.)
Tautīnei, v.t. Hold up or support a weak person, uphold a cause or party. Ko koe te mea e tautinei ana i tera taha.
Tautini, ad. Long, for a long time. Tautini noa e noho ana te ope ra (T. 158). Taku mate tautini, taku mate taurua ki te whare (M. 275).
Tautītī, v.t. Support an invalid in walking.
Tautiti. 1. v.t. Stick in, as feathers into the hair or anything into one's girdle.
2. n. Belt, girdle. Kia mau te tautiti o te taua (Wait till the girdle of the war party is fastened, i.e., until the crops are gathered in) (P.).
Tautito, v.t. Carry a burden between two persons.
tautitotito. 1. v.t. Sing songs in response to one another, recite alternately verses or parts of a song.
2. n. A song so sung. Called also waiata tautitotito. He waiata tautitotito na Ikaherengutu raua ko Manukoanui.
Tautō, v.i. Trail, drag. Kaore ra i te kakahu roroa, tauto mai i raro i te whenua.
Tautohe. 1. v.i. Contend, persist.
2. n. Contest, quarrel.
tautohetohe, tautotohe, v.i. Contend one with another, argue. E tautohetohe ana nga waka ra.—Kei te tautohetohe nga tangata tokorua nei (J. iii, 100). Ka tautotohe raua ki a raua (M.M. 185).
Tautōhito, n. Adept, person of experience.
Tautoko, v.t. 1. Prop up, support. Ka tautokona e ratou a Raki ki runga (W. i, 22).
2. Separate, keep at a distance. Kua tautokona e te wa moana (S.).
3. Incite. Ka pau te tautoko e te ngutu, e (M. 131).
Tautokorua, a. Simultaneous, both together. He horanga tautokorua ki te aroaro no Ihurahi (M. 159). Kore te whakama o te tamariki, e, tautokorua rawa te putanga ki waho ra (S.).
Tautope.—Mei puritia te tautope o te parawai (S.).
whakatautopenga, n. Rearguard. Ko te kaikawhaki i a Paoa i mua, ko Horowhenua i muri, i te whakatautopenga (T. 202).
Tautoro. 1. v.i. Stretch forward, extend oneself.
2. v.t. Extend. Koia e piri, koia e tata, koia tautorotia, e tupawhaia (Tr. vii, 46).
tautorotoro, v.i. Expand on all sides; throw out shoots, as a gourd.
Tautoru, n. Orion's belt; part of the constellation. Nga huihui o Matariki, Puanga, Tautoru (M. 330). Tera koia me ko Tautoru kohae ana mai o te raro (M. 188). It was sometimes termed Tautoru ma. Te tuke o Tautoru, probably the belt and sword.
– 405 –
Tautotohe. ‖ tautohe.
Tautuhi, v.t. Indicate, define. Ka kitea te pae (for catching tui), ka tautuhitia ki te rau rangiora, ka whakatakoto haere, tae noa ki te huanui.
Tautuku, v.i. 1. Stoop, bend down; so give way. E piki ana te pikitanga ka whano ka tautuku aku turi (M. 254).
2. Be low. Nekehia ake tena ki runga; kei te tautuku rawa ki raro.
Tautūtakitaki, v.i. Meet one another. Ka taututakitaki, whawhatia mai ai ko te Tini-o-ngutaha.
Taututetute, v.i. Jostle one another. Ka taututetute te mano e whati ra i runga i aua arawhata ra (W. v, 151).
Tauware (i). 1. v.i. Touch without attracting notice. Heoi ano tauware atu nga ringaringa ki runga i te pane hokomirimiri ai (T. 159).
2. a. Unrequited, not paid for. Taonga tauware, gifts for which an equivalent return will be expected.
whakatauwareware.—Tenei au ka ngarue, ngarue ki te whakatauwareware, ka pa nei ki taku aro (M. 45).
Tauware (ii), tauare, n. 1. Thwart of a canoe. Te pekanga atu o Te Oriparoa, koraria ake te tauare rere tonu (Pi. 135, 4).
2. Space between two thwarts. Ka komorea te ihu o te waka ki te korokoro o Te Waha o Te Parata, ka rima tauare o taua waka ki roto ki te wai.
3. The space between the riu tainga wai and the bow or stern of a canoe.
4. Space between the mounds on which kumara were planted.
whakatauare, n. A variety of taro.
Tauwehe, tauehe. 1. v.i. Be separated. Ka haramai tenei ka tauwehe.—Ka tauwehe ko tawhiti, whamamao rawa (M. 237).
2. v.t. Separate, divide. He moenga mokai i tauwehea ai taua (M. 63).
3. Remove. Koia ka whaia te kawa, hei tauwehe i te tapu kia noa ai.
‖ wehe (i).
Tauweke = taweke, v.i. Linger, lag behind.
Tauweru, a. Hanging in clusters.
whakatauweweru, v.i. Hang in clusters.
Homai he tina, homai he marie, whakatauweweru ki tenei ko (K.).
Tauwha, n. — Kia pau koe te tauwha a Maari i te rangi (J.P. xxvii, 222).
Tauwhāinga, v.i. Contend, vie. E tauwhainga ana te waka ki te poti.
Tauwhaiwhai, v.i. Fly, hasten. Te koko e tauwhaiwhai ana ki ana tamariki (S. 15).
Tauwhanga, tauhanga, v.t. 1. Lurk for, lie in wait for. Ki te tauwhanga i te tangata i tarai nei i to ratou waka (T. 51).
2. Await. Ka u Paikea ki uta tauwhanga mai ai (S. 19).
‖ whanga.
Tauwhara = tauhara.
Tauwhare, tauwharewhare, v.i. Overhang. E takoto whakama ake ana i raro i nga tau-wharenga kowhatu (T. 133). Ka whakapupuni ia ki nga tauwharewharenga kowhatu o te wai ariki (T. 133). Tonga tauwhare, south wind with fine weather.
Tauwhati, v.i. Flee, break in disorder. Ka tu, ka tatau, tetahi, tetahi, tauwhati te manu waitai.
Tauwhātō, tauwhētō, tauwhātōtō, v.i. Pull one against another.
Tauwhatu, n. Fishing net.
Tauwhawhai. 1. v.i. Contend with one another.
2. n. Contest, race.
Tauwhena, tauhena, a Of small stature, dwarfish.
‖ whena.
Tauwhenua, n. 1. Strange land.
2. Joist on the top of the posts of a pataka, supporting the building.
Tauwherū, a. Listless, weary. Mahara iho ana ka tauwherū au ki te whare (S.).
Tauwheruru = tauwherū. Tauwheruru e ko to tipuna, ko Whena.
Tauwhētō = tauwhato.
Tāuwhi, tāuhi, v.t. 1Cover. Ka kawea te totowahi ki te paenga o te mara tu ai, tauhi rawa ki te kohukohu.
2. Sprinkle.
tāuwhiuwhi, v.t. Sprinkle.
‖ uwhi.
Tauwhiro. 1. v.t. Tend, care for. E tama ma, tauwhirotia mai te waka o te makau (M. 66).
2. v.i. Be alert, be on one's guard.
3. n. A charm for keeping people on their guard.
4.— Ka maka te tauwhiro ki te awa.
Tauwhirowhiro, v.i. Be near the change (of the moon). Kei te tauwhirowhiro te marama.
‖ whiro (i).
Tauwhiwhi. 1. v.i. Be entangled.
2. v.t. Fasten up a kete, etc.
Tawā, n. 1. Ridge.
2. Calabash.
Tawa, n. Beilschmiedia tawa, a tree; also the fruit of the same. He riri ano ta te tawa uho, he riri ano ta te tawa para (T. 145).
whakatawa, n.—Ka toro te kawai, makere te whakatawa (M. 410).
tawatawa. 1. Pneumatophorus australasicies, mackerel. Homai te hiku o taku tawatawa, whangaitia mai kia pau (J. xx, 23). = tewetewe.
2. A superior kind of floor mat.
3. A pattern in weaving mats.
4. Adiantum sp., a fern.
5. Paddle. (Whang.)
6. a. Mottled, marked like the skin of mackerel. Ano te kiri, me te anuhe tawatawa nga mahi a te kauri (T. 30). Kua tawatawa te rangi.
Tāwae, v.t. 1. Divide, separate. Tawae taro, separate the young tubers of taro.
– 406 –
2. Throw down standing crops. Taku kanga, pau katoa te tawae.
tāwaewae, v.t. Separate, open out. Tawaewaetia te ahi kia ka ai.
Tāwaha (i), n. 1. Opening, entrance. Ka tuwhera te tawaha o te riri, kaore e titiro ki te ao marama (Hostilities have begun, etc.).
2. Mouth of a river, outlet of a lake.
3. A place where fern root is dug. Kai te tawaha a Ngati Koura, kore e rikarika te aruhe.
4. Bed in a cultivation.
‖ tarawaha.
Tāwaha (ii), a. Having an unpleasant taste. Ka tawahatia toku mangai.
Tāwaha (iii), n. Wind from the sea, north and north-east in the Bay of Plenty. Called also tawaha nui. Tonga tawaha, south-easterly wind on the East Coast. ‖ tā (iv).
Tāwāhi, l.n. (‖ F.L. § 8). The other side of the sea, a river, or valley. E haere ana kia whiti ki tawahi o te awa (T. 41). Ko nga atua enei i haere mai i tawahi i Hawaiki (M. lxxvii). Otira, kaore a Kupe i noho, i hoki ano ia ki tawahi (T. 110).
whakatāwāhi, v.i. Boast oneself, brag. He waiata whakatawahi na Paretuarangi (M. 310).
‖ tarawahi.
Tāwaho, n. Wind from the sea. E pa tawaho, e awhea mai nei (M. 201). ‖ tā (iv).
Tāwai (i), n. A canoe without its rauawa, or attached sides. Kua tere tapatahi tenei, ko te tawai kau o raro, kei whea koia ra nga rauawa, e? (S.). = tiwai.
Tāwai (ii), v.t. 1. Jeer at, taunt. Aua ra e tawaia te tangata na.Ko te ruahine ki te matapihi whakarongo ai ki te taua e tawai mai ra ki a raua ko te koroheke (T. 92).
2. Beguile, deceive, bribe. I tawaia ki te rongo i tapoko ai te pukanohi o Meremerekai-tangata.—Kei mea koutou i tawaia ranei ahau e ia ki te hiriwa, ki te koura ranei (W.M. viii, 162). ‖ whakawai.
3. Cut or clear undergrowth, etc.
Tāwai (iii), v.t. Steep in vegetable dye.
Tāwai (iv), n. A cord or rope of two strands.
Tawai, tawhai, n. General names for Nothofagus menziesii and other beech-tree species and their hybrids; often erroneously termed birch.
tāwaiwai, n. Phyllocladus trichomanoides, a tree.
tawhairaunui, n. Nothofagus fusca and N. truncata, large toothed-leaf species. = hutu, hututawai.
tawhairauriki, n. Nothofagus solandri, and N. cliffortioides, entire-leaf species.
Tāwaikohu, v.t. Envelop in mist. E ua, e te ua, tawaikohutia (M. 113). ‖ waikohu.
Tāwaka, n. 1. Grey duck; perhaps applied to large specimens only. He parera tawaka.
2. Falco novaeseelandiae, bush hawk. = karearea.
3. Male of kaka (Nestor meriodionalis).
4. Coturnix novaezealandiae, quail. = koitareke.
5. Shark of a large species. A ringia au ki te hinu tawaka (S. 65).
Tawaka. 1. a. Grooved, channelled.
2. n. A large species of fungus (harore). Mehemea ka kai te tangata i te tawaka kaore e tukuna ki nga maara whakatupu hue, ka pirau katoa nga hua o te hue.
tāwakawaka. 1. a. Striped, banded.
2. n. A cloak of dressed flax made in black and white stripes.
3. a. Channelled, undulating, ridged, billowy. Nga ngaru whakapuke tawakawaka o Raropo (N.M. i, 36).
Tawake (i), v.t. Repair a hole in a canoe. Tawaketia to tatou waka. Rau tawake, piece of wood inserted to stop a hole, patch.
Tawake (ii), n. A bird. He huia rere uru, 'a hoka ki runga ra, he tawake maro, he kawau whakateka (M. 182).
Tawake (iii),—Hi hi te tawake i aku raho (Po.).
Tawaki, tawhaki, n. Eudyptes pachyrhynchus, crested penguin. The Maori names are given by Buller and Hutton respectively, but are open to doubt. = pokotiwha.
Tawamutu.—Kei te po te wairua, e, kei te reinga tawamutu (S.).
Tawao, n. 1. Taraxacum officinale, dandelion.
2. Carmichaelia sp., a shrub.
Tawāpou, n. Planchonella (Sideroxylon) novozelandica, a tree.
Tāwara (i), tāwhara. 1. n. Flavour, taste; generally of pleasant taste. I mau mai ai ra te tawara ki a au.—Ka kainga te kurekure, he pai, he mau roa no te tawara i roto i te waha.
2. a. Sweet, pleasant to the taste. Mahia he kai tawara i raro (S. 46). Ka homai he kai tawhara i raro (M. 219).
Tāwara (ii), n. Murmur, hum of conversation. Ka huri te taringa te tawara a te iti, te tawara a te rahi (M. 411). ‖ wawara.
Tawara (iii).—Tomina tawara toku kaki ki to ti ngahuru (Best, “Tuhoe”, p. 159).
Tāware, v.t. Dupe, cajole, deceive. He taware tana i o tatou mahara.
Tāwari (i), n. Ixerba brexioides, a tree.
Tāwari (ii), v.t. Oppose a claim to land, etc. (mod.)
Tawari, a. 1. Almost broken off, hanging by the skin, etc.
2. Wearied, exhausted.
tāwariwari, a. 1. Bending from side to side, springy.
2. Active. Tē tawariwari au ki te riri.
‖ ngawari.
Tāwaru, n. 1. A pattern of carving.
– 407 –
2. A garment. He kahakaha ona kakaku, he tawaru ki waho (T. 133).
Tawatu, n. Oven for cockles. (R.)
Tawau, n. 1. Milky juice of plants. Me rami ki te wai kia hemo ai te tawau o te panahi.
2. Stain (therefrom).
3. Haze, light smoke.
tāwauwau, n. 1. A fish.
2. A kind of net. ‖ rangatahi (ii).
Tawauri, a. Dark, black.
Tāwawarua, n. Secondary period of flood. Nau i whakatakoto i to hinaki i te wai tawawarua, anei te waituhi ka taha.
Tāwē, n. Weight on a cable to prevent an anchor from dragging. Kahore he tawe mo to tatou punga.
tāwēwē. 1. v.t. Sound with a line.
2. Examine the bottom of the sea or a river by dragging, to ascertain its freedom from obstructions. Haere, tawewetia te taanga mo te kupenga nei.
3. a. Hanging loose, pendent.
4. Slovenly, loosely woven (of a garment badly woven, with the strands far apart).
‖ tīwēwē.
Tawē. n. Noise.
tawetawē. 1. a. Noisy. Kia kai noa ake e te manu tawetawe; nau mai, e oma ki te taha ki te tonga (S.).
2. v.i. Make a noise, as bark (of dogs), cry (of children).
‖ wē, ngawē, tīwē.
Tāweka. 1. v.t. Carry round the neck, as clothes, etc., to keep them out of the way in travelling.
2. Light upon accidentally.
3. n. Encumbrance, hindrance. He aha te tawekaweka i runga i a Te Matehe?
Taweke (i), v.i. 1. Be all gone or come, be entirely consumed. Ko te whakataweketanga tenei o nga kaumatua e noho nei.
2. Linger, lag behind.
tāweweke, a. Slow, prolix, dilatory. Ka taweweke tera ki muri. ‖ aweke, tauweke.
Taweke (ii). 1. v.t. Set snares for birds. Tatou ki te taweke i a tatou kaha.
2. a. Connected by relationship, friendship, etc. Na wai koe i taweke ai ki konei?
3. n. Sonchus asper, large sow-thistle. = rauroroa.
Tāwekoweko. 1. n. Cord to lash the bait on to the hook. = takaikai.
2. a. Worn, frayed, ragged. Ka wehi nga kakahu o te wahine ra, tawekoweko ana.
‖ aweko.
Tāweku, n. Coriaria arborea, a shrub. Kua tapeke a matou pononga ki te tatau taweku. = tutu.
Tāwera. 1. n. The morning star, the planet Venus. Tera Tawera ka rere i te ata (M. 341).
2. a. Burnt, scorched.
Tāwere, a. Having an odd number or excess. E rua mano tawere o Ngati Ruanui.
tāwerewere, a. Hanging free, suspended. Kei roto o te korokoro to miramira e tawerewere ana.
Tāweru. 1. n. Garment, rag.
whakatäweru, a. Hanging down. Kua whakataweru mai nga ngutu o te tamaiti nei.
Tāwēwē. ‖ tāwē.
Tāweweke. ‖ taweke (i).
Tāwiniwini, n. Gaultheria antipoda, a shrub. Ka tamarahi a Tamahare ki te pu tawiniwini.
Tāwiri (i), n. Neothais scalaris, a univalve mollusc. = hopetea.
Tāwiri (ii) n. Eel pot. Called also tawiri pukoro.
Tāwiri (iii). 1. v.i. Tremble, shake.
2. n. Cowardice. No reira ka mau nei hei tawiri (T. 67).
tāwiriwiri, v.i. Shake exceedingly. Tawiriwiri ana te papa ki Rarotonga (M. 198).
Tawhā (i). 1. v.i. Burst open, crack. Kei te hiwi e tawha mai (On the hill which opens in a gorge yonder).
2. n. Crack, chasm.
tawhātanga, n. Hollow or dip in a ridge.
‖ ngawhā.
Tawhā (ii), n. Calabash. = tahā.
Tāwhai. 1. v.i. Stretch forth. Kau tawhai, swim, stretching the arms alternately.
2. Go forth, travel to a distance. E tawhai marino ki uta (S.). Ka tawhai koe ki nga tahuna i waho ra (M. 130).
3. Yearn. He tawhainga atu na te ngakau ki Kaitotehe (S. 123).
4. v.t. Travel over, traverse. Ka whati nga tai ki waho o Te Komiti, koe wai na ratou ki reira (M. xcix). Tawhaitia mai te whenua roa nei (S.).
5. Imitate, rival. E kore e taea te tawhai te whare o Ngati Toa.—Haere noa koe ki te riri tawhai (M. 346).
Tawhai = tawai.
Tāwhakamoe, v.t. Cook a long time. E rua nga po, e rua nga ra e tao ana, ka kiia tena he tawhakamoe, mo te roa e tao ana. ‖ tamoe.
Tāwhaki. 1. v.t. Gather fruit. ‖ whawhaki.
2. v.i. Open, expand. ‖ tiwhaki.
Tawhaki = tawaki.
Tāwhana, tāwhanawhana. 1. a. Bent like a bow, curved. Mana e whakamana Uenukukopako, te atua tawhanawhana (Uenuku was the god of the rainbow) (M. 25) ‖ Atua tawhana (M. 214).
2. Having a curved outline. Titiro to kanohi te hiwi ki Maketu, e tawhana kau nei (M. 345).
3. Springing, rebounding.
4. n. Rainbow.
5. A looping caterpillar.
Tāwhanarua, v.t. Cook a second time (applied to birds only and regarded as an act of ill omen. ‖ J. vii, 135). Me ka hukea te umu,
– 408 –
kaore i ata maoa nga manu o roto, kaua e tawhanarua. Mehemea ka tao rua, ka heke a Tane, ara nga manu.
Tāwhanga, v.t. Waylay, lie in wait for. Ka tawhangatia a Maru e haere mai ana, ka patua e Maui, ka mate.
tāwhangawhanga. 1. n. Bay. Kauraka tama e puritia, tukua atu tama, kia puta i waho i te tawhangawhanga, he putanga ariki (M. 154). ‖ whanga.
2. A small green caterpillar. ‖ tawhana-whana, whangawhanga.
3. a. Outstretched.
4. ad. Headlong. Te tino takiritanga mai o te kahu ra e Tama-inu-po, ko te kaha o tana takiri, ko te rere tawhangawhanga a Kokako ki te ora mona, ka motu mai te aurei o te kahu ra (W. iv, 167). ‖ whanga (iii).
Tāwhao, n. 1. Brushwood, scrub.
2. Refuse, scattered fragments, as of food. He kuri kai tawhao (A dog eating scattered remnants of food—a proverbial expression for one who fossicks about in other people's concerns and causes quarrels).
tāwhaowhao, n. Driftwood, etc., cast up by the sea. Na te apu matangi au i whakahoki mai ki uta nei, a takaia ana au e nga tawhaowhao o te akau roa (T. 11).
Tāwhara (i). 1. a Wide apart. Kia tawhara te ko te mara.
2. Spread out.
3. n. Flower bracts of Freycinetia banksii (kiekie). He wha tawhara ki uta, he kiko tamure ki tai (P. 30).
Tāwhara (ii) = tawara (i).
Tāwharara, a. 1. Leaning, slanting.
2. Declining (of the sun). Ka tawharara te ra.
Tāwharau. 1. v.t. Shelter with branches stuck into the ground, etc. Ko tona waka, toia ake ki uta; tawharautia ake (T. 56).
2. v.i. Be sheltered. Kei tawahi ke o te awa e tawharau ana mai a Te Arawa (T. 81).
3. n. Shelter, booth. Ko tetahi hanga whare, he tawharau, e whakaritea ana tena ki te kuare.
Tāwharu (i). 1. Bend down in the middle, sag. Kei tawharu iho te tahuhu.
2. a. Depressed, hollow, concave.
tāwharuwharu, a. Full of depressions.
Tāwharu (ii), v.t. Clothe, deck. He whakaahuru kore mo to kiri, tawharua nei ki te muka haroharo o te rawhiti (M. 26).
Tāwhārua, n. Valley, gorge.
Tāwhati. 1. v.i. Ebb. Kua tawhati te tai.
2. Die (poetical). Haere ra, e koro e, ka tawhati koe (W.M. x, 251).
3. n. Valley.
4. Slope. Ma te aha e kawe te tawhatinga kei Te Hakanga? (M. 24).
tāwhatitanga, n. Saddle or dip in a ridge.
Tāwhawhe, a. Enclosed, surrounded. A tawha-whe noa taua whare i aua taiepa e toru.
Tāwhe. 1. v.t. Go round, turn a corner. A ka tawhe ratou i Muriwhenua (T. 123). Ka nunumi, ka tawhe ki te tara o te whare.
2. v.i. Spread, travel about. Ka hira i aku rongo ka tawhe nei, aku rongo ka rere noa he tautangata (M. 331).
3. Be travelled round. Ka tawhe i a au te motu nei te haere.
Tawhe, n. Down, nap, as from a worn garment. tawhetawhe, n. 1. Old garment, rag. Kua kore o matou tawhetawhe.
2. Uvula.
Tāwhenua, n. Land wind. ‖ tā (iv).
Tawheo, a. Circuitous. He ara tawheo.
tāwheowheo, n. Quintinia serrata, a tree.
Tawhera. 1. a. Open, gaping. Tawhera katoa te waewae o Waiahinau.
2. n. Leaf.
‖ tuwhera.
Tawhero, n. Weinmannia racemosa, a tree. = towai.
Tāwheta. 1. v.i. Writhe, flounder. Ta Tangaroa pai hoki; ano kei te wai e tawheta ana (M. 21).
2. Dangle.
3. Be listless.
4. Lie together, lie in a heap. He taonga tuku mai i tawhiti ki te mana o te hoa, ki kona, e tane, tawheta mai ai (M. cv).
5. a. Eager, restless. Kia rere tawheta noa ki te whai.
‖ kowheta.
Tāwheuwheu, n. A tree.
Tāwhewheo. = tawheo.
Tāwhi, tātāwhi. 1. v.t. Hold, hold back. Te mau taku ringa te tawhi ki te aho (S.).
2. Suppress feelings, etc. Tawhi noa iho ana, e totoko tonu ake ana i roto i te ngakau te whanowhanoa (T. 82).
3. a. Checked, suppressed. Titiro tāwhi, indistinct view.
Tawhi (i), n. 1. Food. E kore e o atu te tāwhi maori.
2. A small tree resembling Phebalium (?).
Tawhi (ii), v.t. Beckon, wave to = tāwhiri.
tawhitawhi, v.i. Delay, hesitate. Kihai ia i tawhitawhi kia whakaaroaro ranei, kia aha ranei (T. 164).
Tawhio, v.i. 1. Go round about.
2. Be in an out-of-the-way situation. He tawhio te kainga ki roto.
3. Be travelled round. Ka tawhio i a ia tera motu.
‖ awhio, tawheo.
Tāwhiri. 1. v.t. Beckon, wave to. Tawhiritia te ope ta kia haere mai.
2. Bid welcome. E haere atu ana te tangata, ka pa te tawhiri (T. 139).
3. Whirl round, wring the neck by whirling round.
– 409 –
4. Fan a fire. Ka whakakangia, ka tawhiritia, a ka tahuna te umu (W. ii, 10).
5. n. Pittosporum tenuifolium. So called from its being waved as a demonstration of welcome. Tawhiri karo, Pittosporum cornifolium, a shrub.
6. Gum of Pittosporum tenuifolium, used as a scent. Ka hoki ia ki te pani i tona whare ki te tawhiri (T. 192).
Tawhiro, v.i. Turn. Te tawhiro mai, te aha. tāwhirowhiro, v.i. Whirl, spin.
Tāwhiti, n. Snare, trap. Ano he kiore e mau ana i te tawhiti whakaruatapu (T. 160).
Tawhiti (i), tahiti. 1. a. Distant, widely separated, in space of time. Nawai i tata, a ka tawhiti noa atu, ka tawhiti noa mai (T. 70). Kaua e tino tutata atu ki te taha o te taniwha, engari kia tawhiti mai tatou i a ia (T. 150).
2. From abroad, foreign; in such expressions as taru tawhiti, imported disease.
3. Hospitable, generous. Katahi ano te tangata tawhiti.
4. In the expression tangi tawhiti, a spell to destroy life. Used also as a verb. E Te Whakatohea, kaua ra e ware ki nga mahi a Te Whatupe, e tangi tawhititia ana tatou.— He tangi tawhiti tenei na Piki.
5. l.n. A distant locality, the distance. Ma wai hoki koa e kimi rawa ki tawhiti, ki Rakaumangamanga (M. 48). Aua to pai kei tawhiti rawa (M. 188). Kei tawhiti often signifies matchless, unrivalled. Kei tawhiti tou manawanui!
Tawhiti (ii), n. Fellow, person. Used sometimes contemptuously, sometimes in admiration. Ka peke taua tawhiti nei, a Maui-tikitiki-o-Taranga, me tana patu (T. 19). Te whakatikanga ake o taua tawhiti raka i raro ano e haere ake ana (T. 65).
Tawhiti (iii) = tahuti, v.i. Run away. Kua tawhiti taku tamaiti.
tawhititanga, n. Means of flight. Taku mohio he rakau nui kei raro i te whenua, me tiki, ne titiro, kapa he tawhititanga (J. ii, 224).
Tawhito, tahito. 1. a. Old, ancient, original, primeval. He tapu tawhito iho, he kauhou ariki na o tupuna (M. 281). Ko te ingoa tawhito o Rupe ko Maui-mua; no te whakamanunga i a ia ko Rupe (T. 25). Ka tango ia i nga kowhatu papai, rimurimu tawhito (T. 79). Tangata tawhito, Porphyrio melanotus, swamp hen. = pukeko, pakura.
2. n. Experienced person. Koi te kahui tipua, koi te kahui tawhito (M. 421). = tohunga.
3. Perineum, ? genitals. Ka whakahangia ki te rae e te tamaiti, muri iho ka whakahangia ki te tawhito, u tonu nga niho ki te tawhito o tona papa … Mo reira i ngaua ai te rae me te tawhito, kia hoki ake te mana o te papa ki a ia hei whakaako i a ia. ‖ Shortland, “Mythology”, p. 53, which is based on this quotation; ‖ also J. xiv, 208.
NOTE.—The word occurs frequently in karakia in senses related to the last two above. ‖ T. 114; M. 216, 264, 292, 306, 359.
Tāwhiu. 1. v.t. Drive together, hunt up.
2. n. The first cross thread (aho), which is secured to the two turuturu of the weaving-frame.
tāwhiuwhiu, v.t. Whirl round and round.
Tāwhiwhi (i), a. 1. Entwined, entangled. Ka tawhiwhi te puawananga ki nga manga o te rakau.
2. Secured. Tawhiwhi te toki nei (S.).
Tawhiwhi (ii), n. 1. Pittosporum tenuifolium, a tree. = kowhiwhi, tawhiri.
2. Parsonsia heterophylla, a climbing plant.
Tē (i), particle used with verbs to make an emphatic statement. Kei apopo te teretere nei tē u mai ai (Tomorrow the party is certain to arrive) (T. 192). E kore au e pau, ko koe anake te pau (I will not be eaten; it is you only that will be eaten) (Ika, 136). Kei reira pea te mea mai ai, “Kati, e haka!” (Then no doubt they are sure to say, “Well, then, dance!”) (T. 65).
Tē (ii), ad. Not. To noa, to noa, tē taea (T. 76).—Tē ai he aha hei whakaohooho mai (T. 117). Kahore ano maua i puta atu i te whare o Hohaia i tē kitea wawetia he tangata hei kani papa whare no naua.—He aha korua te haere tahi mai ai? (T. 27). Tē (iii), v.i. Crack, emit a sharp explosive sound. Ka tē te rakau, meake e whati.
tētē. 1. n. Spatula rhynchotis, shoveller duck. = kahoho, kuruwhengi, pateke, putaitai.
2. Anas chlorotis, brown teal. = pateke, tarawhatu, tei, tete-whero.
3. Anas gibberifrons, grey teal. = pohoriki, tete-moroiti, tete-wai.
4. Aythya novaeseelandiae, N.Z. scaup (black teal). = matapōuri, pāpango, pūakiaki, raipo, titiporangi, tetepango.
5. v.i. Squeak. Tete ana te kiore i roto i to ringa.
Tē (iv).—
tētē, n. 1. Young shoot, frond of a plant or fern, Me he tete puhou ki Rangiuru raia (S.).
2. fig. Chief. Ka mate he tete, ka tupu he tete (P. 40). Sometimes tete kura. Mate atu he tete kura, whakaete mai he tete kura (P.). (The figure is probably connected with the previous meaning, or the following.)
3. Todea superba, a fern. Also called tete kura. (Whang.)
4. Figurehead of a canoe without arms or legs.
5. Canoe adorned with such a figurehead. Kua oti te aukaha, te mahi ra o te tararo, o te pitau, o te tete (J. ii, 45).
– 410 –
Tē (v).—
whakatē, v.t. Squeeze fluid out of anything. Me whakate te puku kia hemo ai te piro ki waho.
whakatētē, v.t. A frequentative form applied to the process of milking.
tetē, v.i. 1. Exert onself. Tete noa koutou ki te mahi kai, era e whai kai?
2. v.i. Gnash the teeth. = tetēā.
Tē (vi), int. There! Hereputia tonutia atu e au; te ! ka mau.
Te, def. art. 1. Used with nouns, the. Plural, nga.
2. With verbs, to form an infinitive, gerund, or, following tera or tenei, a participle. Kihai i taea te korikori (T. 143).
Kua mate i te ngaunga a te pawa o te ahi (T. 65). Tenei au nei te noho putao nei, tera a Te Hau te tito noa mai ra (M. 117).
Tea (i), a. White, clear.
whakatea. 1. v.i. Show the whites of the eyes.
2. v.t. Mock, jeer at. Ka whakateatia nga morehu o Orakau e te nui o te pouaru.
tetēā, whakatetēā, v.i. Gnash the teeth. Tetea ana nga niho i te kawenga a te whakatakariri.—Ka whakatetea, ka whakatara te niho (M. 379). = tetē.
teatea, a. 1. White, light in colour. Rukuhia ki te moana uriuri, rukuhia ki te moana teatea (M. 209).
2. Pale, apprehensive, afraid. Teatea kau ana te tau o taku ate (S. 47).
Tea (ii), ad. interrogative. Where? (R.) Tea aku kahaki?
Tehe, n. Membrum virile glande nuda.
whakatehe, n. Tattoo marks on the chin of a woman. Kauae-tehe, woman with tattooed chin. Ka puta te kauae-tehe te Awaiti (J. i. 93).
tehetehe, n. A coarse white edible fungus which grows on the ground in the scrub.
Tēhea (i), tēwhea (pl. ēhea), pron. interrogative. Which? Kei te mea hoki ia ki tona kore i patai ki nga tamariki ra, ko tewhea a Ruataupare (J. xx, 19).
Tēhea (ii), ad. interrogative. Where? (R.). Tehea toku kakahu? ‖ tea (ii).
Teho, n. — Whai ke mai ki te teho, te ara kopanga mai nou, e Hikauri (N.M. i, 256).
tehoteho — Ko taku nei wahia ki te tehoteho tena!
Tei (i), n. Anas chlorotis, brown teal. = pateke, tarawhatu, tetewhero.
Tei (ii).—
teitei. 1. a. High, tall, lofty. Ka eke ki runga o te toka teitei, ka noho (Pi. 133, 11).
Whano koe ki nga ngaru teitei o te moana (M. 77).
2. n. Summit, top.
Teina, taina, n. 1. Younger brother of a male.
Katahi ka karanga atu ki tona teina, ki a Karihi (T. 48).
2. Younger sister of a female. Katahi ka rangona e nga wahine nei, ka titiro ake te teina (T. 137).
3. Cousin of the same sex in a younger branch of the family.
tēina, tāina, n. The plural of above in any of the meanings.
Teka (i), a. False, lying. He kupu tino teka rawa, tino he rawa (W.M. xii, 229).
whakateka, v.t. Disbelieve.
tekateka, a. Confounded; generally with
noa. Tekateka noa ratou i tana mahi.
tēteka, a. Numbed. Ka teteka oku ringaringa i te matao.
whakatēteka, v.i. Feint, fence for a chance of inflicting a telling blow. E whakateteka atu ana tetahi, e whakateteka mai ana tetahi.
Teka (ii). 1. v.t. Drive forward, urge on.
2. Attach cross pieces to a pole for the purpose of making a sort of ladder. Tekaina ta tatou rakau. ‖ tauteka.
3. n. Dart thrown for amusement. Ka wero ano te iwi ra i a ratou teka; takoto tonu, kihai i rere. = niti.
4. Projecting foot piece on a ko by which it was forced into the ground. Katahi ka patua a Tupurupuru, ka mate; ko nga iwi ka mauria ki Nukutaurua, ki Te Wairoa, hei matapatete, hei teka ko aruhe.
5. Cross pieces lashed on to a pole to make a rough ladder.
6. Some form of charm or spell. Ka maranga te teka, ara te karakia; ko te ingoa o taua karakia he teka (T. 162).
7. a. Spring, of the tide. He tai teka tenei.
8. In the expression manu teka, a bird acting as sentry or leader of a flock.
whakateka, a. Flying headlong. He tawake maro, he kawau whakateka (M. 182).
tekateka. 1. v.t. Throw the teka. He tino mohio rawa a Hutu ki te tekateka niti (W. ii, 158). ‖ teka, 3.
2. n. Strut, stay, as those of a whare from the matapu to the ground. Ka iri mai te matapu, katahi ka poua nga tekateka ki waho.
3. A curve in tattooing.— takitaki.
4. ? Play. Te mokai puku nei nana rawa i tekateka (N.M. i, 35).
whakatekateka. 1. v.i. Play with the teka dart.
2. Play at any game.
3. a. Impelled forward. Ka mehameha taku waka whakatekateka ki runga te ngaru tai (S.).
Tēkaha, conj. But then. E hoki ana te Hauhau i Taureka; takeha ko Rongowhkaata kawea ana ki Patutahi.

